<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<rss version="2.0" xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/" xmlns:googleplay="http://www.google.com/schemas/play-podcasts/1.0" xmlns:podcast="https://podcastindex.org/namespace/1.0">
  <channel>
    <title>Top of Mind with Julie Rose</title>
    <description>Tackling tough topics in a way that will help you feel more empathy and empower you to become a better citizen, kinder neighbor, and more effective advocate. For people who are turned off by the divisive nature of the news, but still want to engage with important issues. Hosted by journalist Julie Rose, Top of Mind is a production of BYUradio.</description>
    <itunes:image href="https://assets.byub.org/images/dc0d1cba-1dc6-47aa-b13a-479af8d14990/3000x3000.jpg"/>
    <itunes:category text="Education">
      <itunes:category text="Self-Improvement"/>
    </itunes:category>
    <itunes:category text="News">
      <itunes:category text="Politics"/>
    </itunes:category>
    <itunes:category text="News">
      <itunes:category text="News Commentary"/>
    </itunes:category>
    <itunes:category text="Education"/>
    <itunes:category text="Society &amp; Culture"/>
    <itunes:category text="Society &amp; Culture">
      <itunes:category text="Documentary"/>
    </itunes:category>
    <link>https://www.byuradio.org/e9a84fc9-4bb1-476f-bd5d-0e907b754af8</link>
    <language>en-us</language>
    <copyright>&#xA9; 2026 BYU Broadcasting</copyright>
    <itunes:author>BYUradio</itunes:author>
    <itunes:owner>
      <itunes:name>BYUradio</itunes:name>
      <itunes:email>byurpodcasts@byu.edu</itunes:email>
    </itunes:owner>
    <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
    <itunes:type>Episodic</itunes:type>
    <item>
      <title>TRAILER: Top of Mind Podcast with Julie Rose</title>
      <description>A podcast for people who are turned-off by the depressing, divisive nature of the news, but still want to engage with important issues in our communities. Hosted by radio journalist Julie Rose, Top of Mind tackles one tough topic each week in a way that will challenge you, help you feel more empathy and empower you to become a better citizen, a kinder neighbor and a more effective advocate. Top of Mind with Julie Rose is a production of BYUradio.</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/98b60618-f1c4-457b-b416-9e41a24ad25e</link>
      <guid>98b60618f1c4-457b-b416-9e41a24ad25e</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/4ba85229-b4b4-4d68-a1c9-a4c5ec849e88/MA027347.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=98b60618-f1c4-457b-b416-9e41a24ad25e" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Wed, 26 Jan 2022 07:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>136</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:episodeType>trailer</itunes:episodeType>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Bonus Episode: When the People Decide - Putting Money and Power in People’s Hands</title>
      <description>We’re in between episodes this week on Top of Mind. In the meantime, we’ve got a story for you from a podcast we think you’re really going to like. It’s called When the People Decide, a podcast from the McCourtney Institute for Democracy at Penn State. The podcast traces the stories of Americans who are getting their hands dirty doing the hard work of democracy. 

In this episode, host Jenna Spinelle dives deep into an innovative budgeting practice where citizens decide how to spend a portion of their city’s budget. Imagine if you could be more directly involved in deciding how your city spends its money. Would having that kind of influence change how you feel about your city? Or how much you trust local officials?

Find When the People Decide on your favorite podcast app. Or here: https://thepeopledecide.show/</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/55ddc735-f66d-455f-b76d-a38be30ee025</link>
      <guid>55ddc735f66d-455f-b76d-a38be30ee025</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/aa64186b-445e-4225-b296-48db753904de/MA027170.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=55ddc735-f66d-455f-b76d-a38be30ee025" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 06 May 2024 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>1488</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:image href="https://assets.byub.org/images/6ac5a648-d55d-4503-9923-c5285aa6035c/3000x3000.jpg"/>
      <itunes:episodeType>bonus</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2024</itunes:season>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>BONUS: All the Best Advice from Guests on Top of Mind Season 3</title>
      <description>As a final bonus to finish Top of Mind Season 3 “Finding Fairness” we’ve compiled the best insight from guests throughout the season on how to be a better citizen, kinder neighbor and more effective advocate for the things we care about. We&apos;re not a &quot;how-to&quot; podcast with checklists and action items. We probe for more clarity and empathy on the topic and let you decide where to go next. But our guests often do offer practical advice that’s pretty great. So here it is for you in one quick listen!

Right now is a great time to binge all of Season 3 “Finding Fairness” because we’re taking a short break for the summer. We’ll be back in August with Top of Mind Season 4 “Assessing Assumptions.” Could the systems we&apos;ve built to keep our communities safe and thriving work better if we weren&apos;t so set in our ways?</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/37d2c3ab-4a5d-4852-a732-cdcc05107aa7</link>
      <guid>37d2c3ab4a5d-4852-a732-cdcc05107aa7</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/0d54b858-8115-4a5b-9af8-f6df2bdae9dc/MA027102.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=37d2c3ab-4a5d-4852-a732-cdcc05107aa7" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 26 Jun 2023 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>1438</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:episodeType>bonus</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2023</itunes:season>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>ARCHIVE BONUS: How to Navigate the Journey from Loved One to Caregiver</title>
      <description>Caregiving for a loved one can be difficult and confusing. Julie and her siblings are among the more than 20 million Americans who currently care for an aging parent- so this week&apos;s pick from the Top of Mind live radio archive hits close to home. In 2020, Julie spoke with Zachary White and Donna Thomson who combine their personal and professional experience into a &quot;how to&quot; handbook for the rest of us called “The Unexpected Journey of Caring.&quot;

Guests:
Donna Thomson, author, caregiver, activist, author of &quot;The Four Walls of My Freedom: Lessons I&apos;ve Learned from a Life of Caregiving&quot;
Zachary White, professor of communication, Queens University of Charlotte, co-author (with Thomson) of &quot;The Unexpected Journey of Caring: The Transformation from Loved One to Caregiver&quot;</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/edc1433f-0429-4f94-8a4c-c9091c91f233</link>
      <guid>edc1433f0429-4f94-8a4c-c9091c91f233</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/2419ebd5-c64b-4ad5-8647-6b618746af12/MA027552.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=edc1433f-0429-4f94-8a4c-c9091c91f233" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 15 Aug 2022 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>2185</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:episodeType>bonus</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2022</itunes:season>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>ARCHIVE BONUS: Salt, Fat, Acid, Heat: The Essentials of Cooking with Samin Nosrat</title>
      <description>Netflix star Samin Nosrat shares the one amazing meal that inspired her to become a professional chef. Her cookbook “Salt, Fat, Acid, Heat” is a guide to the essential elements of successful cooking. In another of Julie’s favorite conversations from the Top of Mind live radio show archives, Nosrat explains how to make delicious food whether you’re a conscientious recipe-follower or a free-wheeling experimenter (like Julie). Top of Mind is a BYUradio podcast.

Guest:
Samin Nosrat, chef and author of &quot;Salt, Fat, Acid Heat&quot; (which is also a Netflix documentary series)</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/290ed4f8-e0f5-4096-8947-e59951d1d053</link>
      <guid>290ed4f8e0f5-4096-8947-e59951d1d053</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/47fac882-aa5f-4df4-a11e-ba2565babfef/MA027069.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=290ed4f8-e0f5-4096-8947-e59951d1d053" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 01 Aug 2022 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3045</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:episodeType>bonus</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2022</itunes:season>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>ARCHIVE BONUS: She Believed She Was White. At Age 27, She Learned the Truth About Her Race.</title>
      <description>Sarah Valentine grew up believing she was the white daughter of her white parents. As an adult she learned her parents had been lying to her. She’s actually half Black. That truth completely unraveled Valentine’s sense of identity, which she writes about in her memoir “When I Was White.” Top of Mind host Julie Rose says she thinks often about this interview from our daily radio show archive because it really led her question her assumptions about race and racism. Top of Mind is a BYUradio podcast. 

Guest:
Sarah Valentine, author of &quot;When I Was White: A Memoir&quot;</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/56589c56-b23d-4803-8dd9-16e2d002da93</link>
      <guid>56589c56b23d-4803-8dd9-16e2d002da93</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/39842aa3-87f3-4458-9269-b795bdd1368a/MA027175.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=56589c56-b23d-4803-8dd9-16e2d002da93" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2022 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>2046</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:episodeType>bonus</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2022</itunes:season>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>ARCHIVE BONUS: The Organ Thieves - A History of Transplants in the Segregated South</title>
      <description>Before we were a weekly podcast, Top of Mind was a daily radio show. We were on the air – live - for two hours every weekday. And we did that for seven years. This means there’s a ton of great material in our archive. So, today we’re giving you a taste of that archive. First, we take a deep dive into the history of organ transplant surgery – and its darker side. You’ll hear how the TV world of Star Trek has influenced real science. We’ll be back with a new episode of the podcast on Monday, May 23rd.</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/55f0879e-39d7-40c2-8765-f0fe1d78e0b7</link>
      <guid>55f0879e39d7-40c2-8765-f0fe1d78e0b7</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/4e47bb34-229f-44a0-a4f9-adca21b05756/MA027172.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=55f0879e-39d7-40c2-8765-f0fe1d78e0b7" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 16 May 2022 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3222</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:episodeType>bonus</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2022</itunes:season>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>ARCHIVE BONUS: The Other Talk - Why White Families Need to Talk About Race</title>
      <description>In this bonus episode from the Top of Mind archive: &quot;The Other Talk.&quot; Most kids of color in America grow up talking about racism at home, but most white children don&apos;t. They should, though, says author Brendan Kiely. His new book is a guide for starting the conversation about race at home. Then, a short, inspiring chat with a doctor who collects flower arrangements and delivers them to patients in the hospital where she works.</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/ed566082-fa7f-4a44-bdd3-0c3ab54e700d</link>
      <guid>ed566082fa7f-4a44-bdd3-0c3ab54e700d</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/36d2a7f7-f12b-49e8-8aa5-d267c2c4ed18/MA027551.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=ed566082-fa7f-4a44-bdd3-0c3ab54e700d" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 27 Jun 2022 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3185</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:episodeType>bonus</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2022</itunes:season>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>ARCHIVE BONUS: The Secret Power of Breathing and Yawning</title>
      <description>This week, Julie shares a conversation from Top of Mind’s live radio show archive that changed her life. In 2017 she spoke with Dan Brule, who is one of the world’s leading experts on breathwork. He recommends taking time daily to practice breathing. The techniques he shared have become Julie’s best tool for coping with stress and anxiety. 

Guest:
Dan Brule, author of “Just Breathe: Mastering Breathwork for Success in Life, Love, Business and Beyond&quot;</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/c92180c0-7853-4228-97bf-dd2ad1647496</link>
      <guid>c92180c07853-4228-97bf-dd2ad1647496</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/9b44d32e-a96a-4903-a87a-bfeb7e22575f/MA027452.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=c92180c0-7853-4228-97bf-dd2ad1647496" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 25 Jul 2022 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>2101</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:episodeType>bonus</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2022</itunes:season>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>ARCHIVE BONUS: What Synesthesia Can Teach Us About Disagreeing</title>
      <description>People with synesthesia perceive the world very differently from the rest of us. Their senses merge so that sounds might also have tastes. The days of the week may be different colors. Numbers and letters might correspond to musical notes. This final installment in our summer series of archive interviews is especially meaningful to Julie because it drives home how two people can look at the same thing and see it very differently. What can the science of synesthesia teach us about navigating divisive issues we feel strongly about? 

Guest:
Richard Cytowic, Clinical Professor of Neurology at George Washington University, author of &quot;Wednesday is Indigo Blue&quot; and &quot;The Man Who Tasted Shapes&quot;</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/bf38737c-13ef-4d8b-a367-edac27ca3f1a</link>
      <guid>bf38737c13ef-4d8b-a367-edac27ca3f1a</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/45aa438e-c256-4c68-bca3-205416245164/MA027427.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=bf38737c-13ef-4d8b-a367-edac27ca3f1a" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 22 Aug 2022 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>1221</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:episodeType>bonus</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2022</itunes:season>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>BONUS: Holiday Thanks and Some Episode Recommendations</title>
      <description>Top of Mind launched its weekly format early in 2022 and we’re so gratified by your response. One listener wrote “I feel like I am becoming a better, more educated person every time I listen.” In this bonus podcast drop, Julie talks about some of the episodes from 2022 that affected her personally and several others perfect for helping you deal with challenges the holidays present (like grief and family conflict).

We&apos;d love to hear what you think of the podcast! What do you want more of? What would you like to see us do differently? Send an email to topofmind@byu.edu.</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/ec25dec3-5f3c-4f31-8317-32dace90678a</link>
      <guid>ec25dec35f3c-4f31-8317-32dace90678a</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/3b238b30-3168-4d7a-a7f9-32b0ed2ae3bf/MA027548.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=ec25dec3-5f3c-4f31-8317-32dace90678a" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 26 Dec 2022 07:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>671</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:episodeType>bonus</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2022</itunes:season>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Bonus: How to Support Someone Who&apos;s Grieving</title>
      <description>A major side effect of being such a grief-averse culture is the sheer panic many of us feel when confronted with someone who’s suffered a devastating loss. What can you possibly say or do that will help? In this bonus episode you’ll hear Julie’s full conversation with grief specialist Lisa Athan. It’s packed full of practical tips and uplifting insight.
Guest:
Lisa Athan, founder of Grief Speaks</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/1b872bc6-a4e4-4cf4-b1c8-fa123011d049</link>
      <guid>1b872bc6a4e4-4cf4-b1c8-fa123011d049</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/4928ed37-52d8-4a4b-b7d5-033a0256115e/MA027033.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=1b872bc6-a4e4-4cf4-b1c8-fa123011d049" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 19 Sep 2022 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3020</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:episodeType>bonus</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2022</itunes:season>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>HALLOWEEN BONUS: Family-Friendly Audio Drama feat. Top of Mind&apos;s Julie Rose</title>
      <description>This week only on the Top of Mind podcast, a special Halloween treat. It’s an old-fashioned, family-friendly audio drama from storytelling podcast The Apple Seed about a family facing off against an evil robot maid. And there’s a voice you might recognize. Top of Mind host Julie Rose masquerades as the mom of the family. And stay tuned after the story for the inside scoop on Julie’s short-lived theater career.

Subscribe to The Apple Seed podcast from BYUradio for a regular dose of stories for the whole family – folk tales, fairy tales, personal tales, historical tales and, of course, original radio dramas like the one you’re about to hear.</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/0fdf7a31-7cc1-4b9a-8eac-19007d14e3cc</link>
      <guid>0fdf7a317cc1-4b9a-8eac-19007d14e3cc</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/01fd25c5-8ab1-4a82-8204-acfbc82b0f3b/MA027004.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=0fdf7a31-7cc1-4b9a-8eac-19007d14e3cc" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 31 Oct 2022 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>1056</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:episodeType>bonus</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2022</itunes:season>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>News from Top of Mind</title>
      <description>We&apos;re hard at work on a new season of Top of Mind and won&apos;t have a new episode on the podcast feed for a few weeks. So, it&apos;s a great time to listen back to episodes you may have missed. 

And keep your Stick With It stories coming to topofmind@byu.edu.</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/9a52cc86-f334-4ef2-99ae-b20f1f4bbc42</link>
      <guid>9a52cc86f334-4ef2-99ae-b20f1f4bbc42</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/e356beed-ad00-42e7-9ca6-b64104ec2c55/MA027351.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=9a52cc86-f334-4ef2-99ae-b20f1f4bbc42" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 06 Feb 2023 07:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>104</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:episodeType>bonus</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2022</itunes:season>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>BONUS: The Credit Card Debt Conversation - A Closer Look at the Role of Credit Counseling</title>
      <description>In this special bonus episode of Top of Mind, Julie Rose revisits the challenge of credit card debt - a topic that hits home for many of us – by sitting down with Thomas Nitzsche, a financial educator at Money Management International (MMI) and Susan, who shares her personal journey of paying off $80,000 in debt over four and a half years with help from MMI. 

While some feel skeptical of credit counseling agencies, this conversation digs into how these credit counseling agencies work, how to find a reputable one, and the real benefits they offer. 
If you’re looking for practical insights on how structured debt management can offer both financial relief and peace of mind, this conversation is for you.

Original episode on credit card debt - https://www.byuradio.org/making-sense-of-americas-credit-card-debt 

CHAPTERS
00:00 Introduction 
00:43 Interview with Thomas Nichi from MMI
01:14 Susan&apos;s Debt Story
04:19 How Credit Counseling Agencies Work
11:46 Debt Management vs. Debt Settlement
18:19 Finding Reputable Credit Counseling Agencies
19:42 Final Thoughts and Advice
20:58 Conclusion and Outro</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/72722e88-fedf-4f0e-932a-b762b1ad3d73</link>
      <guid>72722e88fedf-4f0e-932a-b762b1ad3d73</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/4f11c0bf-f4d0-5e58-96ac-d9b3ff21b61f/MA027243.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=72722e88-fedf-4f0e-932a-b762b1ad3d73" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Jun 2025 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>1284</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:image href="https://assets.byub.org/images/e19cd7e8-e229-4465-aa1b-5ca38a7ada44/3000x3000.jpg"/>
      <itunes:episodeType>bonus</itunes:episodeType>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Are Routine Traffic Stops Helping or Hurting Public Safety?</title>
      <description>Getting pulled over is one of the most common interactions Americans have with police, but do routine traffic stops make our communities safer?

In this episode, we explore the real impact of traffic enforcement through powerful personal stories, expert insight, and new data from cities rethinking how policing works.

Alexander Landau shares the traffic stop that nearly cost him his life and how it led him to advocate for reform. Valerie Castile reflects on the killing of her son, Philando Castile, and the pattern of stops that preceded his death. Meanwhile, law enforcement leaders and researchers weigh-in on whether reducing low-level traffic stops can improve safety, reduce racial disparities, and protect officers.

Original airdate: August 21, 2023

GUESTS
Alexander Landau, founder and Director of Community Relations for Denver Justice Project (https://www.denverjusticeproject.org/).
Valerie Castile, mother of Philando Castile and President of the Philando Castile Relief Foundation (https://www.philandocastilefoundation.org/).
Officer Mark Ross, St. Paul police officer and President of the St. Paul Police Federation (https://sppdfederation.com/).
Dr. Thaddeus Johnson, Professor of Criminal Justice and Criminology at Georgia State University, Senior Fellow at the Council on Criminal Justice, and former Memphis police officer (https://time.com/6252760/reducing-fatal-police-encounters-traffic-stops/).
Chief Axel Henry, current Chief of Police for the Saint Paul Police Department (https://www.stpaul.gov/departments/police/administration-office-chief).

CHAPTERS
(0:00) Introduction
(0:54) Landau Stop Turns Violent
(11:49) Philando Castile Pattern
(19:22) St Paul Cuts Low Level Stops
(22:13) A Friendly Equipment Stop
(24:07) Warnings and Compliance
(25:58) Officer Safety Mindset
(26:42) Worst Case Traffic Stop
(29:02) Officer Conduct
(33:20) Low Level Stops and Staffing Crunch
(36:46) Chief Henry&apos;s Mind Change
(39:44) Reform Evidence from Fayetteville
(42:51) Incentives and AI Risks
(51:13) Trauma Informed Policing</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/22444e01-c47c-4b06-8ea1-343e981bfabb</link>
      <guid>22444e01c47c-4b06-8ea1-343e981bfabb</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/bb645ee1-2941-5f4b-95ec-3a7ab9b300db/2608TOMTrafficStopsUpdatePodcastMix.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=22444e01-c47c-4b06-8ea1-343e981bfabb" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 13 Apr 2026 04:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3246</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:image href="https://assets.byub.org/images/22216e97-fd01-4537-b52f-5001188490dc/3000x3000.jpg"/>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2026</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>8</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Justice in Healthcare: Who Deserves to Be Healthy?</title>
      <description>Who deserves to be healthy—and who’s responsible for making that possible?

In this episode of Top of Mind, we explore one of the toughest questions in modern healthcare: how we decide who gets care, compassion, and lifesaving treatment.

A doctor reflects on a moment with a patient that changed his understanding of kindness in medicine. A widow shares the devastating consequences of a transplant policy that kept her husband from getting the organ he needed. And a bioethicist walks us through the uncomfortable reality of deciding who gets lifesaving care when resources are scarce.

Original airdate – March 13, 2023

GUESTS
Dr. Michael Stein, primary care physician and Chair of Health Policy at the Boston University School of Public Health (https://www.michaelsteinbooks.com/home)
Debra Selkirk, Chief Advocacy Officer at the USC Annenberg Center for Health Journalism and widow of a liver failure patient (https://centerforhealthjournalism.org/debra-selkirk)
Dr. Jacob M. Appel, psychiatrist and bioethicist at the Icahn School of Medicine at Mount Sinai (https://jacobmappel.com/)
Dr. Dayna Bowen Matthew, Dean of the George Washington University Law School and expert in public health and civil rights law (https://www.law.gwu.edu/dayna-bowen-matthew)

CHAPTERS
(0:00) Introduction
(0:57) Beatrice and the Broken Promise
(3:17) Kindness Over Judgment
(5:47) Empathy Improves Outcomes
(8:35) Public Health vs Individualism
(13:03) Alcohol and Transplant Fairness
(26:09) Social Worth Taboo
(27:32) Stewardship and Past Choices
(29:07) Vaccine Refusal Priority
(31:28) Manufactured Medical Scarcity
(34:27) Just Health and Family Story
(47:16) Racism Stress and Community Action</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/2c6071e8-59a3-4735-a2f0-26bff45ea9d7</link>
      <guid>2c6071e859a3-4735-a2f0-26bff45ea9d7</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/15ac2a79-c165-5463-b2aa-ba981c2b36a9/TOM2607HealthJusticeUPDATEPodcastMix.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=2c6071e8-59a3-4735-a2f0-26bff45ea9d7" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 30 Mar 2026 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3249</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:image href="https://assets.byub.org/images/8ed56a4d-6c0d-4cea-ab36-fac7a6e87cbe/3000x3000.jpg"/>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2026</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>7</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Can We Repair Historic Injustice?</title>
      <description>Can a nation truly heal from historic injustice, or does there come a point when it’s simply too late?

In this episode of Top of Mind, we explore what it really means to repair the harms of slavery, segregation, and systemic racism — not just through money, but through truth, relationship, and repentance.
A genealogist and descendant of enslaved people and a descendant of the largest slave-trading dynasty in U.S. history share the powerful story behind their book, “Gather at the Table,” and the unlikely friendship that grew from confronting their families’ painful pasts.

We also examine how other nations have attempted repair. A leading expert explains what South Africa’s Truth and Reconciliation Commission got right (and what it didn’t), and a rabbi outlines a five-step process for repentance and repair that challenges America’s tendency to rush to forgiveness without doing the deeper work.

GUESTS
Sharon Leslie Morgan, founder of Our Black Ancestry and co-author of “Gather at the Table” (https://gatheratthetable.net/) 
Tom DeWolf, director and manager at Coming to the Table and co-author of “Gather at Table” (https://comingtothetable.org/) 
(NOTE: Sharon Morgan died suddenly on Feb. 24, 2026. Read Tom’s tribute to her here: https://tomdewolf.com/2026/02/25/remembering-sharon-leslie-morgan/)
Eric Wiebelhaus-Brahm, professor of Genocide and Mass Atrocity Prevention at Binghamton University (https://www.binghamton.edu/i-gmap/people/core_team.html) 
Rabbi Danya Ruttenberg, author of “On Repentance and Repair” (https://danyaruttenberg.net/) 

Original airdate: December 12, 2022

CHAPTERS
(0:00) Introduction
(0:52) Meet Sharon and Tom
(1:55) Unearthing Family Histories
(6:07) Coming to the Table
(9:16) Parallel Worlds Exposed
(12:13) Alabama Cemetery Reckoning
(26:53) TRC Impact on Victims
(27:25) Reparations Promises and Reality
(28:01) Did the TRC Worsen Race Relations
(28:26) Limits of Truth for Healing
(30:22) When Truth Commissions Work Best
(31:10) America’s Patchwork Truth Efforts
(33:17) What Individuals Ca</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/993bcc69-e1f3-45a5-ada7-85da06fae73b</link>
      <guid>993bcc69e1f3-45a5-ada7-85da06fae73b</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/b4cc9889-e69e-5813-a440-00e6c97d097e/TOM131ReparationsFinalPodcastMix.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=993bcc69-e1f3-45a5-ada7-85da06fae73b" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 16 Mar 2026 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3255</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:image href="https://assets.byub.org/images/1eabe63b-c920-44d4-8f4f-f4bced6fc173/3000x3000.jpg"/>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2026</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>6</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Should Christians Support the Death Penalty?</title>
      <description>The death penalty - maybe more than any other question of crime and punishment - poses a conundrum for America as a majority Christian nation.  

Since colonial times, Christian ministers and believers have been among the strongest supporters of capital punishment for murder. Today, American Christianity is more divided. And the Bible offers seemingly contradictory guidance. From the Old Testament’s call to justice and retribution to the New Testament’s emphasis on grace and forgiveness, Christians wrestle with what kind of justice system reflects the will of God.  

In this episode of Top of Mind, host Julie Rose seeks for clarity on the matter as a Christian herself. She speaks with a Baptist pastor who ministers to death row inmates and opposes capital punishment, a Presbyterian pastor who considers the Bible clear in its support of the death penalty as God’s law, and a Southern Baptist seminary graduate and trial lawyer who questions America’s ability to implement capital punishment as God intended.  

GUESTS 
Pastor Kevin Riggs, senior pastor of Franklin Community Church. Co-author of “Today! The Best Day of My Life” with Pastor Kevin Burns, who is on death row in Tennessee. https://www.amazon.com/Today-Best-Day-My-Life/dp/B0DBJNP92T 
Reverend Rom Prashkapalan, pastor at Zion Presbyterian Church in Fredericksburg, Virginia https://www.zion-presbyterian.com/ 
Matthew T. Martens, Southern Baptist seminary graduate, trial lawyer and author of Reforming Criminal Justice: A Christian Proposal https://matthew-martens.com/ 

CHAPTERS
(0:00) Introduction 
(1:38) History and Modern Divide 
(4:43) Case for Abolition 
(9:02) Restorative Justice and Victims 
(18:32) Pro Death Penalty Theology 
(27:34) Why God Punishes 
(28:55) Life in Prison vs Execution 
(30:38) Repentance and Exceptions 
(34:27) Wrongful Convictions Debate 
(44:13) Reforming Justice with Love</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/7fb670cb-90cb-4503-aee6-db25d5f51d81</link>
      <guid>7fb670cb90cb-4503-aee6-db25d5f51d81</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/111254d0-371d-5b62-a684-be6d18bcc3b2/MA028545.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=7fb670cb-90cb-4503-aee6-db25d5f51d81" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 02 Mar 2026 07:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3253</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:image href="https://assets.byub.org/images/cddbfae4-54bc-4302-8cbe-365b92da642c/3000x3000.jpg"/>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2026</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>5</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How Work Became Our Identity in America</title>
      <description>Americans work more hours than people in nearly every other wealthy country—are we better off for it?
In this episode of Top of Mind, we unpack the deep roots of the American work ethic and why so many of us feel overworked, burned out, and unable to step away from our jobs. From the rise of “meaningful work” to the hidden costs of hustle culture, this conversation explores how work became central to our identity—and what that’s costing us.

GUESTS
Joshua Fields Millburn, co-founder, “The Minimalists” (https://joshuafieldsmillburn.com/) 
Jamie McCallum, author of &quot;Worked Over: How Round-the-Clock Work is Killing the American Dream&quot; (https://www.jamiekmccallum.com/) 
Alex Soojung-Kim Pang, author of &quot;Shorter: Work Better, Smarter, and Less—Here&apos;s How&quot; (https://www.4dayweek.studio/)
Ursula Mead, founder, and CEO of InHerSight (https://www.inhersight.com/) 

CHAPTERS
(0:00) Introduction
(2:38) From Corporate Climber to Minimalist
(7:44) America&apos;s Work Culture
(13:55) Evolution of Work in America
(18:23) Income Inequality and Overwork
(19:33) Less Work and More Meaning
(22:21) Unions and Corporate Responsibility
(23:18) Four-Day Work Week
(40:18) Paid Time Off and Flexibility
(41:56) Unlimited Paid Time Off
(49:15) Work-Life Integration During the Pandemic
(51:18) The Societal Impact of Working Less</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/452c01ad-0532-4c53-a3b8-68cfb6b4caf2</link>
      <guid>452c01ad0532-4c53-a3b8-68cfb6b4caf2</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/f33d404b-91ba-587d-98f6-844cdbf2ae95/MA028489.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=452c01ad-0532-4c53-a3b8-68cfb6b4caf2" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 16 Feb 2026 07:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3234</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:image href="https://assets.byub.org/images/dfeba511-edd4-4bed-9dd4-5d5a3e65829c/3000x3000.jpg"/>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2026</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>4</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Risks and Rewards of Doing Family History</title>
      <description>Family history can sometimes feel distant, irrelevant, or even risky. Why look back when the past may hold stories we’d rather not claim? In this episode of Top of Mind, we explore why learning about our ancestors matters—how their stories, traditions, and struggles can shape our identity and strengthen family bonds. We also wrestle with a harder question: what do we do when our history includes dark or painful truths? Together, we consider how facing the full story of our past can foster resilience, understanding, and growth.

GUESTS
Christopher Jones, BYU History Professor (https://christophercjones.com/)
Libby Copeland, author of “The Lost Family: How DNA Testing Is Upending Who We Are” (https://libbycopeland.com/)
Edward Di Gangi, author of “The Gift Best Given: A Memoir” (https://www.digangiauthor.com/)
Gaynell Brady, owner of Our Mammy’s (https://ourmammys.com/)

CHAPTERS
(0:00) Family Reunion Memories
(1:23) Discovering a Complicated Legacy
(6:43) Teaching and Reconciling History
(8:02) A Personal Family History Project
(15:03) Adoption and Biological Roots
(19:53) The Search for Biological Family
(24:18) Unexpected Discoveries
(26:15) Connecting with Ancestral Roots
(27:59) A Dream Visit from Grandmother
(28:31) Uncovering Family Tragedies
(30:06) The Popularity of Genealogy
(31:41) American Identity and Genealogy
(39:02) African American Genealogy Challenges
(48:56) Healing Through Genealogy
(53:21) Conclusion

Original airdate: August 29, 2022</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/31734958-61b5-4504-8464-5b296cf72433</link>
      <guid>3173495861b5-4504-8464-5b296cf72433</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/03641dc1-9ceb-5272-a6e3-6dad78c8be06/MA028342.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=31734958-61b5-4504-8464-5b296cf72433" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 02 Feb 2026 07:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3251</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:image href="https://assets.byub.org/images/666a69d9-1121-4f61-a993-099943697c82/3000x3000.jpg"/>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2026</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>3</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Why We Feel Disgust—and What It Reveals About Us</title>
      <description>Disgust is one of our most primal emotions—hardwired into the brain, yet shaped profoundly by culture, upbringing, and personal experience. While we often associate it with spoiled food or foul smells, disgust reaches far deeper into the human psyche. It influences how we judge others, how we draw moral boundaries, and even how we vote. 

In this episode of Top of Mind, we explore why we feel disgust and the surprising power it holds in shaping our lives. From an artist who uses revulsion to prompt deeper conversation, to a pioneering scientist studying the psychology of disgust, to a political scientist tracking its influence on policy preferences—and parents navigating everyday moments of discomfort and connection—we uncover why disgust deserves serious attention in a time marked by division and distrust. 

GUESTS 
Samuel West, co-founder of the Disgusting Foods Museum in Sweden (https://disgustingfoodmuseum.com/) 
Andrea Hasler, London-based sculptor (https://www.andreahasler.com/) 
Paul Rozin, retired professor of psychology at the University of Pennsylvania (https://psychology.sas.upenn.edu/people/paul-rozin) 
Samantha Aeschbacher, mother of two 
Cindy Kam, political science professor at Vanderbilt University (https://as.vanderbilt.edu/political-science/bio/cindy-kam/) 
Jane Andersen, mother of 4, Arizona State Director of Mormon Women for Ethical Government (https://www.mormonwomenforethicalgovernment.org/staff/jane-andersen)  

How sensitive to disgust are you? Try this quiz: https://www.idrlabs.com/disgust-sensitivity/test.php
 
CHAPTERS 
(0:00) Introduction 
(1:00) Exploring Disgusting Foods 
(2:37) The Science Behind Disgust 
(4:16) Art and Disgust 
(8:46) The Fascination with Disgust 
(23:15) Disgust in Politics and Society 
(31:43) Overcoming Disgust 
(41:03) Conclusion</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/26f7f598-6bb5-4da0-9c33-989a455f4c4c</link>
      <guid>26f7f5986bb5-4da0-9c33-989a455f4c4c</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/daea362e-2f4e-5b5a-ba6a-7d1d1ece202a/MA028289.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=26f7f598-6bb5-4da0-9c33-989a455f4c4c" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 19 Jan 2026 07:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>2497</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:image href="https://assets.byub.org/images/e927a163-6ab7-4b8a-8c4d-a208d9a10771/3000x3000.jpg"/>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2026</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>2</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What We Get Wrong About Autism — Told by Autistic Voices</title>
      <description>What if the world believed you couldn’t understand it—while inside, your mind was full of thoughts, poetry, and frustration you had no way to express?

In this episode of Top of Mind, host Julie Rose sits down with Emily Grodin, who spent 25 years unable to speak, and her mother Valerie Gilpeer, to share the extraordinary story of the moment Emily finally found her voice through typing after a devastating meltdown on a transatlantic flight. 

Emily’s poems and reflections challenge long-held assumptions about autism, communication, and intelligence. Her story is paired with insights from journalist Eric Garcia, psychologist Dr. Monique Botha, and nonprofit executive Sarah Nannery, each offering perspective on what life is really like for autistic individuals in a world not built for them.

GUESTS
Emily Grodin and Valerie Gilpeer, co-authors of “I Have Been Buried Under Years of Dust.”
Eric Garcia, journalist for The Independent and author of ‘We&apos;re Not Broken: Changing the Autism Conversation.”
Monique Botha, community psychologist and researcher at the University of Stirling
Sarah and Larry Nannery, co-authors of “What to Say Next: Successful Communication in Work, Life and Love with Autism Spectrum Disorder.”

CHAPTERS
(0:00) A Turbulent Flight
(1:58) Introduction to Top of Mind
(2:45) Emily&apos;s Journey
(4:39) Emily&apos;s Reflections on Communication
(6:42) Valerie&apos;s Belief in Emily&apos;s Potential
(10:41) Emily&apos;s Breakthrough
(17:32) Eric Garcia: Autism and Advocacy
(26:52) University Challenges
(27:21) Universal Design for Disabilities
(28:11) Accommodations?
(30:37) Cure Research?
(32:58) Mental Health and Autism
(34:34) Challenges for Autistic Researchers
(38:38) Workplace Dynamics and Autism
(42:13) Personal Experiences and Coping Strategies
(53:17) Conclusion</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/92a0756d-33a3-4d81-bb7a-c5be54798f68</link>
      <guid>92a0756d33a3-4d81-bb7a-c5be54798f68</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/6f2c051c-4707-5d03-901b-111b25b9f274/MA028095.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=92a0756d-33a3-4d81-bb7a-c5be54798f68" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 05 Jan 2026 07:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3256</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:image href="https://assets.byub.org/images/85c1b452-1b6b-465f-995f-d52675a147f6/3000x3000.jpg"/>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2026</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>1</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Power of Nostalgia: How Community Traditions Shape Who We Are</title>
      <description>What makes you nostalgic for home? 

In this episode of Top of Mind, we explore the surprising science behind place attachment — why certain places feel like home, and why traditions, parades, festivals, and quirky community rituals bring us closer together. Writer and researcher Melody Warnick joins the conversation to unpack what connects us to the places we live. 

Through stories from around the country, we dive into: 
- A 63-year-old factory whistle concert that entertains an entire town early on Christmas morning 
- How a tiny Colorado town doubles in size for beloved bluegrass festivals 
- Why preparing strawberries with strangers can make you fall in love with your community 
- The surprisingly deep meaning behind quirky traditions like earmuff parades and “cutest little chick” contests 

GUESTS 
Melody Warnick, author “This is Where You Belong” and “If You Could Live Anywhere” 
Don Ryan, Whistlemaster of York, PA 
Penny Meservier, former director of the Franklin County Chamber of Commerce in Farmington, Maine, home of “Chester Greenwood Day” 
Marie McCusker, Executive Director of the Petaluma, CA Downtown Association and Visitor Program, home of “Butter and Egg Days” 
Zach Tucker, Vice President, Planet Bluegrass, Lyons, CO 
Stephanie Driggs from Pleasant Grove, UT home of “Strawberry Days” 
Natasha Szilagyi from Seattle, WA 
Ralph Tobias from Reading, PA 

CHAPTERS 
(0:00) Intro 
(1:00) Melody Warnick on place attachment 
(6:00) Listener stories 
(14:00) The factory whistle that unites a town 
(22:00) How local traditions evolve 
(27:00) Music festivals and community identity 
(36:00) Celebrating agricultural heritage 
(46:00) Why participating makes you love where you live 
(51:00) Final thoughts 

Originally aired on December 19, 2022</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/aaf5262c-dac0-44e7-8ae9-48e64a3413b5</link>
      <guid>aaf5262cdac0-44e7-8ae9-48e64a3413b5</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/7df3fd2f-28b5-5008-b62d-113c7e52c8f7/MA028091.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=aaf5262c-dac0-44e7-8ae9-48e64a3413b5" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 22 Dec 2025 07:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3244</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:image href="https://assets.byub.org/images/ec01f1e6-9e67-4263-8fa8-8950f35692f6/3000x3000.jpg"/>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2025</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>26</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Is Higher Education a Good Investment for American Taxpayers?</title>
      <description>Confidence in America’s higher education system is slipping, even as the government spends nearly half a trillion dollars a year on it. The average US taxpayer invests $1,700 a year in higher education – whether you went to college or not. And frustration with the system runs across the political spectrum – from anger over high tuition and student loan debt to concerns that universities are too liberal.

In this episode of Top of Mind, host Julie Rose explores what it would take for more of us to feel like we’re getting our money’s worth from our tax investment in higher education. We’ll look at new ways of defining success for universities, trace the history of government funding for higher education, unpack some of today’s biggest criticisms, and highlight a little-known college that tops the list of “Best Schools for Your Tuition and Tax Dollars 

GUESTS 
Paul Glastris,  editor-in-chief of Washington Monthly Magazine, publisher of alternative college rankings (https://washingtonmonthly.com/) 
Christopher Loss,  professor of education and history at Vanderbilt University (https://press.princeton.edu/books/paperback/9780691163345/between-citizens-and-the-state?srsltid=AfmBOoqHJIpoSu23FIEujBxu66SPPNrRJM1oh1uValB1A8y6aZGu3jk-) 
Renu Mukherjee, fellow at the Manhattan Institute (https://manhattan.institute/) 
Cullum Clark, director of the George W. Bush Institute-SMU Economic Growth Initiative (https://www.bushcenter.org/) 
Cheryl Nixon, president of Berea College (https://www.berea.edu/) 
Jordan Shands, Berea College alum and administrator of Ultimate Test Prep in Lexington, Kentucky (https://ultimatetestprep.com/lexington/jordans-schedule/) 

CHAPTERS
00:00 Introduction 
04:06 Historical Funding of Colleges 
05:44 WWII, The GI Bill &amp; Post-War Education Boom 
09:56 Modern Criticisms &amp; Political Pressures 
13:15 DEI Policies in Universities 
22:13 Return on Taxpayer Investment 
30:35 Advice for University Research Priorities 
32:54 Alternative College Rankings 
40:18 Berea College: A Unique Educational Model 
41:17</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/26d33441-a7fd-4946-8483-f1a82ae0a11c</link>
      <guid>26d33441a7fd-4946-8483-f1a82ae0a11c</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/2e753b01-5c1d-5adb-b660-d12037834275/MA028001.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=26d33441-a7fd-4946-8483-f1a82ae0a11c" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Dec 2025 07:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3234</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:image href="https://assets.byub.org/images/4ddd76ab-6ae4-4666-b690-2cf6f1e378a7/3000x3000.jpg"/>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2025</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>25</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How Small Acts of Service Saved a Life and Changed a Family (#LightTheWorld)</title>
      <description>From a small town in Wasatch County, Utah, comes the remarkable true story of the Karren family — a journey through illness, unlikely connections, and the quiet evidence of God in the details. 

On Memorial Day weekend 2020, Brady Karren suddenly became gravely ill and was diagnosed with liver failure. Around the same time, his wife, Meranie, had been searching for information about her birth parents, hoping to uncover the story behind her adoption. With the help of a distant relative passionate about family history, she finally learned her biological parents’ names—but hadn’t yet planned how to contact them. Unexpectedly, Brady’s illness set in motion a series of miraculous connections that helped Meranie uncover the truths she had waited a lifetime to find. 

In this special episode of Top of Mind, host Julie Rose and guest host Amber Borowski Johnson of KPCW radio share the stories of the people whose faith, service and love brought light into the Karren family’s darkest season. In a world that can feel divided, their story is a reminder of the shared humanity that quietly connects people through small acts of kindness. The episode highlights Light the World, an initiative by The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints that encourages bringing light to others this holiday season. Visit www.lighttheworld.org 

GUESTS 
Brady Karren, husband and father from Daniel, Utah diagnosed with liver failure in 2020. 
Meranie Karren, wife and mother from Daniel, Utah. 
Tammy Felt, distant relative of Meranie, passionate about family history research. 
Curt Clyde, local farmer and neighbor of the Karren’s from Daniel, Utah.  
Kenneth Kimber, military pilot in the military for 21 years and husband of Meranie’s cousin. 
Brock Beebe, biological half-brother of Meranie.  
Cynthia Blades, neighbor and friend of the Karren’s from local congregation in Daniel, Utah. 

Featuring: Amber Borowski Johnson of KPCW in Park City, Utah.</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/62753cef-74d8-4754-9827-ce1bf8edb811</link>
      <guid>62753cef74d8-4754-9827-ce1bf8edb811</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/f037d27f-88ed-5bee-9ade-18fd8e36854e/MA027887.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=62753cef-74d8-4754-9827-ce1bf8edb811" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 24 Nov 2025 07:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3006</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:image href="https://assets.byub.org/images/ef895d4c-0674-41ef-acd7-7f0e2b739474/3000x3000.jpg"/>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2025</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>24</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Is There a Right Way to Grieve?</title>
      <description>Why are we so uncomfortable with grief?

In this episode of Top of Mind, we explore America’s fear of grief and mourning and what we lose when we rush people to “move on.” Writer Jacqueline Dooley shares how she keeps her daughter’s memory alive years after her death. Historian Brandy Schillace takes us back to Victorian mourning rituals when grief was public, visible and communal. And grief expert Lisa Athan offers clear, compassionate advice on what to say (and not say) to someone who’s lost a loved one. We’ll also hear stories of miscarriage, pet loss, and the unexpected ways people find healing when they finally let grief in.

GUESTS
Jaqueline Dooley, writer and essayist (https://jacquelinedooley.medium.com/)
Brandy Schillace, author of “Death&apos;s Summer Coat: Our Strange, Unsettled History of Mourning” (https://brandyschillace.com/deaths-summer-coat/)
E.B. Bartels, author of &quot;Good Grief: On Loving Pets Here and Hereafter&quot; (http://www.ebbartels.com/good-grief/)
Katie C. Reilly, writer and attorney (https://www.theguardian.com/us-news/2020/jul/09/pregnant-after-miscarriage-emotional-pain)
Lisa Athan, founder of Grief Speaks (http://griefspeaks.com/index.html)

CHAPTERS
00:00 Introduction
03:25 Cultural Perspectives on Grief
11:42 The Victorian Era: Mourning Rituals and Practices
17:00 Modern Grieving
21:11 Disenfranchised Grief
22:50 Pet Grief: A Missed Opportunity for Learning
31:36 Katie Riley: A Skilled Griever
32:13 Katie&apos;s Journey with Miscarriage
35:09 Why We Should Talk About Miscarriage
38:20 How to Support Grievers
46:35 Encouraging Healthy Grieving
47:40 Self-Care During Grief
51:19 Conclusion

(This episode was originally released in September 2022)</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/ada9843a-725c-48e1-9fff-2846d3835e8a</link>
      <guid>ada9843a725c-48e1-9fff-2846d3835e8a</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/1e318dfc-19a6-5e51-a1c4-4d765aa7a968/MA027759.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=ada9843a-725c-48e1-9fff-2846d3835e8a" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 10 Nov 2025 07:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3251</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:image href="https://assets.byub.org/images/a579e79c-bef2-4419-92f9-28f0960232e2/3000x3000.jpg"/>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2025</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>23</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What Does It Mean to Be Patriotic in America?</title>
      <description>American patriotism is at a historic low. Gallup polls show fewer and fewer Americans say they feel “extremely” – or even “very” proud to be American. When you dig into the polling data on patriotism, you find significant differences depending on political party, racial identity and age. Why are some groups of Americans much less likely to tell posters they’re proud to be American? And does it really even matter to the nation’s health? On the one hand, national pride seems to have a worrisome way of sliding into nationalism and protecting our own interests at the expense of others.

At the same time, research clearly shows that people who feel pride in their country are more likely to vote, write their members of Congress, and volunteer in their communities. Meanwhile, expressions of patriotism—flying the flag, standing for the anthem—have become divisive flashpoints that leave many Americans unsure what even means to be patriotic. 

In this episode of Top of Mind, host Julie Rose explores how Americans are redefining patriotism in the 21st century. From disillusionment and division to new forms of civic engagement, the meaning of pride in America is shifting in ways that will shape the country’s future. 

GUESTS 
Susan (not real name), Top of Mind listener 
Karlyn Bowman, senior fellow emeritus at the American Enterprise Institute (https://www.aei.org/profile/karlyn-bowman/) 
Michelle Duster, author and public historian (https://mldwrites.com/) 
Douglas Satterfield, retired Brigadier General of the U.S. Army and blogger (https://www.theleadermaker.com/) 
Steven Smith, professor at Yale University and author of Reclaiming Patriotism in an Age of Extremes (https://politicalscience.yale.edu/people/steven-smith)  

CHAPTERS 
00:00 Introduction 
00:53 Decline in American Patriotism 
02:05 Struggling with Patriotism 
04:28 Historical Context and Public Opinion 
10:49 Patriotism Among Different Demographics 
20:28 A Veteran&apos;s Perspective 
28:53 Reclaiming Patriotism in Modern America 
42:14 Conclusion</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/953dcc5a-4a63-4f38-9da2-24361cb6ea9b</link>
      <guid>953dcc5a4a63-4f38-9da2-24361cb6ea9b</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/5aeeaafc-d099-5248-b142-f4db54faa16f/MA027642.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=953dcc5a-4a63-4f38-9da2-24361cb6ea9b" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 27 Oct 2025 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>2574</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:image href="https://assets.byub.org/images/91cf077e-0e12-4bbe-9188-da7f661a8a51/3000x3000.jpg"/>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2025</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>22</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Wrongful Convictions: How Innocent People End Up Behind Bars</title>
      <description>What happens when the justice system convicts an innocent person? Anthony Graves spent 18 years in prison—12 of them on Texas death row—for a crime he didn’t commit. His story is one of unthinkable injustice, unbroken faith, and a determination to reform the system that failed him. Criminal defense attorney David Rudolf reveals the patterns of human error and bias that lead to wrongful convictions. And Sheriff Walt McNeil and former public defender Emily Galvin-Almanza share how policing and defense work can evolve to keep innocent people out of prison. Can we ever make the system truly just? 

GUESTS 
Anthony Graves, exoneree, author “Infinite Hope: How Wrongful Conviction, Solitary Confinement, and 12 Years on Death Row Failed to Kill My Soul.” (https://www.beacon.org/Infinite-Hope-P1347.aspx)  
David Rudolf- author, “American Injustice: Inside Stories from the Underbelly of the Criminal Justice System” (https://davidsrudolf.com/)  
Emily Galvin-Almanza, co-founder of Partners for Justice (https://www.partnersforjustice.org/)  
Walter McNeil, sheriff of Leon County, Florida (https://www.leoncountyso.com/about-us/meet-the-sheriff)  

(This episode has been updated from its original release in May 2022.)</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/aedecf45-e9f1-4b4b-add8-e92897047874</link>
      <guid>aedecf45e9f1-4b4b-add8-e92897047874</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/2cad2ab0-8124-5a2e-a912-0cd70ebf14c8/MA000183.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=aedecf45-e9f1-4b4b-add8-e92897047874" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 13 Oct 2025 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3254</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:image href="https://assets.byub.org/images/0a35bf67-844a-4724-a1f7-7249652459bd/3000x3000.jpg"/>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2025</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>21</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Why are Americans Having Fewer Kids?</title>
      <description>Americans are having fewer babies than ever before. The fertility rate in the United States has dropped to an all-time low of 1.6 births per woman. In response, the Trump Administration has urged Americans to have more children and proposed a range of pronatalist policies including baby bonuses, an expanded Child Tax Credit and making IVF treatment more affordable. Critics of the Trump Administration worry the underlying intent is to restrict access to contraception and return women to primarily domestic roles.   

In this episode of Top of Mind, host Julie Rose explores the complex choices American women face when deciding how many children to have. We’ll dive into the history of fertility trends in the U.S. and take a look at how France managed to sustain a higher fertility rate than most European countries. We’ll also unpack the cultural and political tensions driving the pronatalism debate to discover a bit of common ground in the concept of “reproductive justice.” 
 
GUESTS 
Mother and daughter Melody (12 kids), Jaynee (3 kids)  
Karen Benjamin Guzzo, professor of sociology, director of the Carolina Population Center at the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill(https://www.cpc.unc.edu/) 
Laurent Toulemon, population researcher at the French Institute for Demographic Studies in Paris (https://www.ined.fr/en/) 
Mara Gordon, mother of 1, family physician in Camden, NJ, author of “Your Doctor Friend” on Substack (https://maragordonmd.substack.com/) 
Lyman Stone, director of The Pronatalism Initiative at the Institute for Family Studies (https://ifstudies.org/pronatalism-initiative)

CHAPTERS 
00:00 Intro 
00:42 Fertility in the US 
03:58 Personal Stories: Melody and Janie 
04:31 Generational Differences 
10:15 Challenges of Modern Parenthood 
16:38 Role of Government Support 
27:35 French Family Policies 
29:30 Shifting Norms in Family Size 
33:29 Reproductive Justice 
37:34 Debate on Government&apos;s Role 
41:38 Encouraging Marriage &amp; Addressing Housing Issues 
52:19 Conclusion</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/f7c099fa-ab5f-45c9-92f7-00f2ca04c308</link>
      <guid>f7c099faab5f-45c9-92f7-00f2ca04c308</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/9a40f0c2-5387-549d-8429-2b0ee1e5b938/MA000068.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=f7c099fa-ab5f-45c9-92f7-00f2ca04c308" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 29 Sep 2025 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3229</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:image href="https://assets.byub.org/images/35c6acf0-f434-44a4-bdc7-10d26a7d0618/3000x3000.jpg"/>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2025</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>20</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Too Hot to Handle? America’s Deadly Heat Problem</title>
      <description>Extreme heat kills more Americans most years than hurricanes, floods and tornadoes combined, but we don’t give it the same emergency treatment. The government doesn’t name heatwaves like it does storms. And extreme heat doesn’t qualify for federal disaster funding. But record-breaking temperatures are now a yearly reality across the U.S. Cities are scrambling for solutions—from planting trees to setting up cooling centers—but experts say quick fixes aren’t enough.

In this episode of Top of Mind, host Julie Rose speaks with heat researchers about how policy, planning, and public awareness must evolve to confront rising temperatures. From deadly heatwaves to heightened risks for vulnerable communities, the danger isn’t just about how hot it gets—it’s about how prepared we are to respond. 

GUESTS 
Larissa Larsen, Professor of Urban and Regional Planning at the University of Michigan (https://taubmancollege.umich.edu/faculty/directory/larissa-larsen/)  
Rob Meade, Research Fellow for the Harvard T.H. Chan School of Public Health (https://hsph.harvard.edu/profile/robert-meade/)  
Michelle Litwin, Heat Response Program Manager for the Phoenix Office of Heat Response and Mitigation (https://www.phoenix.gov/administration/departments/heat.html)  

TIKTOK ACCOUNTS HIGHLIGHTED IN THIS EPISODE: 
@Junifrec, @Ascocool, @Mitchellfranxman, @Jenwhite, @Ashley_simone1108, @Hardline_daily, @Jordanjchart, @Stefanies.lifestyle, @Damarypaz, @abbymcduck 
 
CHAPTERS 
00:00 Introduction 
00:43 The Growing Threat of Heat Waves 
02:27 Heat as an Emergency 
04:43 Historical Heatwave Impact 
06:07 Urban Planning and Heat Resilience 
17:42 The Human Body&apos;s Response to Extreme Heat 
23:55 Behavioral &amp; Physiological Responses to Heat 
26:11 Cooling Strategies 
28:25 Phoenix&apos;s Heat Response Initiatives 
31:02 Challenges &amp; Solutions in Phoenix 
39:08 Data-Driven Heat Mitigation 
40:25 Conclusion</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/d94d2286-cc43-4af3-a1c9-193fd71c7e5a</link>
      <guid>d94d2286cc43-4af3-a1c9-193fd71c7e5a</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/a09a9dff-3871-51cb-9cf2-34f09c545565/MA022850.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=d94d2286-cc43-4af3-a1c9-193fd71c7e5a" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 15 Sep 2025 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>2488</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:image href="https://assets.byub.org/images/c5bc0d7f-290b-4f0c-b76d-2f729806d9ff/3000x3000.jpg"/>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2025</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>19</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Does America Have a Balance of Power Problem?</title>
      <description>How is the balance of power supposed to work when a U.S. President aggressively pushes for more? In his first 100 days of his second term, President Donald Trump issued more executive orders than any president in history, and the Supreme Court has largely let them stand while legal challenges play out. Whether that troubles you depends largely on how you feel about the President and his policies. But within four years, someone else will hold that office and may wield the same power toward different priorities.  

In this episode of Top of Mind, host Julie Rose explores the origins of “checks and balances” in American government, including the surprising history of how the Supreme Court became “supreme.” We hear from a conservative legal scholar who worked for the George W. Bush Administration and thinks America benefits when Presidents push the limits of their power and Congress pushes back. Then we’ll explore why some Americans believe their local “Constitutional Sheriff”—not federal officials—is the ultimate authority in their community.  
 
GUESTS 
Timothy Johnson, Professor of Political Science and Law, University of Minnesota (https://www.trjumn.com/) 
John Yoo, Professor of Law, UC Berkeley; Distinguished Fellow, Civitas Institute at the University of Texas at Austin (https://www.law.berkeley.edu/our-faculty/faculty-profiles/john-yoo/) 
Richard Mack, Former Sheriff of Graham County, Arizona; Founder of the Constitutional Sheriffs and Peace Officers Association (https://cspoa.org/) 

CHAPTERS 
0:00 Introduction 
3:00 Chapter 1 — Who Made the Supreme Court Supreme? (Timothy Johnson)
18:00 Chapter 2 — How Strong is Too Strong? (John Yoo)
36:00 Chapter 3 — &quot;The Constitution is King&quot; (Richard Mack)
53:00 Conclusion</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/929e19dc-a1a1-4363-b0f6-d1db745a215e</link>
      <guid>929e19dca1a1-4363-b0f6-d1db745a215e</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/96803e3a-d839-586d-933a-9cd2c344c2e8/MA015445.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=929e19dc-a1a1-4363-b0f6-d1db745a215e" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 01 Sep 2025 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3238</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:image href="https://assets.byub.org/images/c96e3ea1-abcf-455e-92f1-3966169d8bdf/3000x3000.jpg"/>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2025</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>18</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Can Free Housing Solve Homelessness? The Housing First Experiment</title>
      <description>Is Housing First a viable solution or just repeating the past? What actually works to end homelessness? Communities across the U.S. have debated and tested solutions, from housing first to human first, permanent supportive housing, transitional housing, and emergency shelters. But Housing First has gained national traction, a strategy that prioritizes permanent housing without conditions, followed up by supportive services.  

In this episode of Top of Mind, Julie Rose dives deep into Salt Lake City’s commitment to the Housing First approach, which launched two decades ago, making it one of the first cities in the country to fully embrace this model. Nearly two decades later, Salt Lake City serves as a revealing case study for the successes, challenges, and evolving nature of efforts to solve homelessness in America.  

GUESTS
Tyler Clancy, Utah State Representative 
Michelle Flynn, Executive Director of The Road Home since 2020 (https://theroadhome.org/). 
Dave Durocher, Executive Director of The Other Side Academy (https://www.theothersideacademy.com/). 
Amy Daeschel, Director of Outreach, Clinical Intake &amp; SSP at the Odyssey House of Utah (https://www.odysseyhouse.org/). 
Robbie Myrick, Director of Human First Culture at The Other Side Village (https://theothersidevillage.com/about-the-village/)  

CHAPTERS 
00:00 Introduction 
00:42 Utah&apos;s Housing First Success Story 
01:37 Challenges and Criticisms of Housing First 
02:14 Permanent Supportive Housing 
07:21 The Magnolia Apartments: A New Approach 
19:21 Policy Shifts and Legislative Actions 
28:19 Personal Stories and Impact 
30:52 A Turning Point: Accepting Treatment 
31:18 The Journey to Recovery 
32:15 The Other Side Academy: A Unique Approach 
33:36 Jared Campbell&apos;s Story 
34:50 Life at The Other Side Academy 
42:22 The Other Side Village: A New Beginning 
50:36 Reflections and Conclusion</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/744e147d-d78d-4cec-a4ea-1b21dee88c19</link>
      <guid>744e147dd78d-4cec-a4ea-1b21dee88c19</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/4a5830d8-c47d-527e-9b00-f2ac811ac5e5/MA012286.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=744e147d-d78d-4cec-a4ea-1b21dee88c19" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 18 Aug 2025 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3124</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:image href="https://assets.byub.org/images/8b466537-fcc4-4bd8-b3c5-40fc275b5695/3000x3000.jpg"/>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2025</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>17</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Feeling Unheard by Congress? Here&apos;s What You Need to Know.</title>
      <description>It’s easier than ever to connect with our representatives in Congress, so why doesn’t it feel like they’re listening?

The 1st Amendment guarantees the right to “petition the government for a redress of grievances.” Given how frustrated Americans are with the job Congress is doing, how secure is that right in 2025?  

In this episode, we talk with two members of Congress (a Republican and a Democrat) about how they are handling angry town hall meetings and increasing volume of calls and emails from constituents. What’s the best way to influence their positions on issues? We also unpack the history of our right to petition the government and why members of Congress added constituent services to their duties in the 1970s. A former Congressional staffer offers advice on how to influence elected officials, and an Iowa mom explains how she’s become an effective advocate for issues she cares about.  

Guests: 
John Curtis, US Senate (R-Utah) 
Chrissy Houlahan, US House (D-Pennsylvania 6th District)  
Ben Schneer, professor of public policy at the Harvard Kennedy School 
Bradford Fitch, former CEO of the Congressional Management Foundation (https://www.congressfoundation.org/), author of “Citizens Handbook to Influencing Elected Officials” 
Tiffany Welch, volunteer advocate with Save the Children Action Network in Iowa (https://savethechildrenactionnetwork.org/)

CHAPTERS
00:00 Introduction 
00:43 Challenges of Town Hall Meetings 
03:21 Senator Curtis&apos;s New Approach to Town Halls 
06:50 Balancing Diverse Constituencies 
08:23 Impact of Constituent Feedback on Policy 
11:56 Representative Chrissy Houlahan&apos;s Approach 
16:26 Petitioning the Government 
20:06 The Role of Petitions in History 
22:52 The Decline of Traditional Petitioning 
23:40 Modern Ways to Air Grievances 
25:40 Constituent Services: A New Avenue 
27:24 The Evolution of Congressional Staff 
28:33 Influencing Congress 
31:13 A Personal Journey in Advocacy</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/4b98a01d-b309-4f7d-9438-c0466c17113a</link>
      <guid>4b98a01db309-4f7d-9438-c0466c17113a</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/bb8f40f2-7f61-557b-a8f7-151d6b678f16/MA008165.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=4b98a01d-b309-4f7d-9438-c0466c17113a" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 04 Aug 2025 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>2427</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:image href="https://assets.byub.org/images/5db3b9b4-91b2-46bc-af69-fb8983cbe6c5/3000x3000.jpg"/>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2025</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>16</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Should Kids Have Smartphones in the Classroom?</title>
      <description>Smartphones have become an essential part of daily life, but should they have a place in the classroom? Half of U.S. states have recently passed laws restricting or banning phones in schools, igniting a passionate national debate. 

Some parents say phones are vital for student safety and emotional regulation. Others argue they’re fueling a mental health crisis and stifling face-to-face connection. Students are caught in the middle, and teachers are left to enforce policies that vary widely from school to school. How do we balance safety, learning, and connection for students in a world where phones are always within reach? 

Guests: 
Sabine Polak, co-founder of the Phone Free Schools Movement (https://phonefreeschoolsmovement.org/) 
Keri Rodrigues, president of the National Parents Union (https://nationalparentsunion.org/) 
Richard Culatta, CEO of the International Society for Technology and Education and author of Digital for Good: Raising Kids to Thrive in an Online World (https://iste.org/) 
Anna Clayton, high school student in Utah (https://www.sltrib.com/opinion/commentary/2025/02/14/voices-i-want-my-fellow-young/) 
Doug Welton, Utah Republican State Representative 
Nina, high school teacher

CHAPTERS 
00:00 Introduction 
01:51 Student Perspective 
04:56 Utah&apos;s Phone Ban Bill 
07:23 Parental Concerns 
09:33 The Phone Free Schools Movement 
15:16 The National Parents Union&apos;s Stance 
22:58 Teacher&apos;s Perspective 
26:29 Challenges and Concerns with Phone Bans 
29:12 Positive Approaches to Technology Use in Schools 
30:46 Implementing Effective Technology Norms 
37:48 Promoting Safe and Positive Device Use 
40:08 Final Thoughts</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/3b5a9d03-4c24-432f-8e5f-7cbad51b8efa</link>
      <guid>3b5a9d034c24-432f-8e5f-7cbad51b8efa</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/71f24318-7757-505f-b095-7144a504ebe8/MA006439.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=3b5a9d03-4c24-432f-8e5f-7cbad51b8efa" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 21 Jul 2025 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>2469</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:image href="https://assets.byub.org/images/38fb2322-c58b-4a2c-a260-996e87ebefc9/3000x3000.jpg"/>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2025</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>15</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Who Counts as American? The Birthright Citizenship Debate</title>
      <description>For over 150 years, the U.S. has granted automatic citizenship to babies born on American soil, a principle rooted in the 14th Amendment and seen by many as key to equality and opportunity. But most countries don’t follow jus soli (“right of soil”), granting citizenship instead by bloodline. Critics, including President Donald Trump, argue birthright citizenship encourages illegal immigration and birth tourism, cheapening the value of citizenship. 

In this episode, legal scholars and policy experts weigh in on what the 14th Amendment guarantees and what remains open to interpretation. We also meet people whose lives have been shaped by birthright citizenship: a newly naturalized citizen, an undocumented mother, and someone born a U.S. citizen who no longer wants that status. 
  
Guests 
Rogers Smith, political scientist and author of Citizenship Without Consent (www.live-sas-www-polisci.pantheon.sas.upenn.edu/people/standing-faculty/rogers-smith) 
Abdi Soltani, Executive Director, ACLU of Northern California (www.aclunc.org/staff/abdi-soltani-hehim)  
Lora Ries, Director, Border Security &amp; Immigration Center, The Heritage Foundation (www.heritage.org/staff/lora-ries)   
Christian, writer and undocumented mother of five U.S.-citizen children (www.lacuenta.substack.com/)  
Daniel Burciaga, recently naturalized U.S. citizen 
Jessica Burciaga, U.S. citizen by birthright 
Kate Panova, journalist, founder of UAWelcome (www.uawelcome.org/) 
Fabien Lehagre, founder of L&apos;Association des Américains Accidentels (www.americains-accidentels.fr/)  

Credit: Audio of Sen. Lindsey Graham from NBC’s Meet the Press, Jan. 26, 2025 

Chapters 
00:00 Intro 
00:58 Naturalization 
03:37 History 
05:09 Trump’s EO 
06:33 Critics’ Views 
09:32 Real Impacts 
18:43 Birth Tourism 
27:51 Accidental American 
32:17 14th Amendment 
41:24 Modern Takes 
51:58 Final Thoughts</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/99ffaaba-b6c5-429d-b1c4-c317e986f798</link>
      <guid>99ffaabab6c5-429d-b1c4-c317e986f798</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/d624715b-2a13-5510-a17c-7568df413c76/MA016275.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=99ffaaba-b6c5-429d-b1c4-c317e986f798" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 07 Jul 2025 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3239</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:image href="https://assets.byub.org/images/e172f3e3-18c1-48c0-8d58-891fa1de2a7f/3000x3000.jpg"/>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2025</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>14</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Rethinking Drinking: America’s Evolving Relationship with Alcohol</title>
      <description>Alcohol is a deeply embedded part of American life—woven into celebrations, identity, and social norms. But from health warnings to sober-curious trends, new questions are surfacing about what we drink, how much, and why. 

In this episode of Top of Mind, we explore how cultural attitudes toward alcohol have evolved and why more people today are rethinking what it means to drink responsibly. We also look at the science behind alcohol’s health impacts and the history of how it became so normalized in the first place. 

What do these shifting perspectives mean for the future of drinking in America? 

Guests: 
Sarah Levy, author of Drinking Games (https://www.sarahllevy.com/)   
Lisa Jacobson, history professor at UC Santa Barbara and author of Intoxicating Pleasures: The Reinvention of Wine, Beer, and Whiskey after Prohibition (https://www.ucpress.edu/books/intoxicating-pleasures/paper)  
Dr. Tim Naimi, physician and director of the University of Victoria’s Canadian Institute for Substance Use Research (https://www.uvic.ca/research/centres/cisur/about/scientists/profiles/naimi-tim.php)

CHAPTERS 
00:00 Introduction 
00:56 Sarah Levy&apos;s Alcohol Story 
02:38 The Cultural Shift in Alcohol Consumption 
08:54 The Decision to Quit and Finding Support 
14:42 Prohibition and Its Aftermath 
27:14 Distilled Spirits During Wartime 
28:42 Whiskey&apos;s Cultural Transformation Post-WWII 
31:36 The Rise of Responsible Drinking Campaigns 
33:58 Modern Perspectives on Alcohol and Health 
36:01 The Science Behind Alcohol Consumption</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/0cd6f30b-19dc-42c5-abc5-8a9b39cc346b</link>
      <guid>0cd6f30b19dc-42c5-abc5-8a9b39cc346b</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/76be40e9-b64b-5dc2-921e-5dd19e0d0d58/MA001622.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=0cd6f30b-19dc-42c5-abc5-8a9b39cc346b" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 23 Jun 2025 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3230</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:image href="https://assets.byub.org/images/0c2caa5c-bd80-4cd5-a7dc-2d361783b02f/3000x3000.jpg"/>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2025</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>13</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Unfinished Business of School Integration in America</title>
      <description>School integration in America is widely viewed as a civil rights milestone— but decades later, U.S. schools are as segregated as they were in the 1970s. So, in this episode of Top of Mind, we look at the complicated legacy of school integration in America: who it helped, who it hurt, and what struggling schools need to thrive. 

Dr. Noliwe Rooks shares her family’s four-generation story with integration, highlighting both its benefits and its lasting harms. We also visit schools in Oakland and Florida that show how communities can support student success—even in segregated settings. What does real educational equity look like? And what lessons have we missed about integration’s impact? 

Guests: 
Noliwe Rooks, L. Herbert Balou Professor of Africana Studies at Brown University and author of Integrated: How American Schools Failed Black Children (https://www.noliwerooks.org/) 
Roma Groves-Waters, principal of MLK Jr. Elementary in Oakland, California 
(https://mlk.ousd.org/) 
Kamryn Young, Evans High alum and development director for Children’s Home Society of Florida (https://chsfl.org/) 
Andry Sweet, CEO of Children’s Home Society of Florida (https://chsfl.org/leadership-blog/andry-sweet-president-ceo/) 

Audio excerpted with permission of Penguin Random House Audio from INTEGRATED by Noliwe Rooks, read by the author. © Noliwe Rooks ℗ 2025 Penguin Random House, LLC. All rights reserved. 

Get the audio book here:  https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/721962/integrated-by-noliwe-rooks/audio/ 
 
CHAPTERS 
00:00 Introduction 
00:42 The Untold Story of School Integration 
03:02 Integration &amp; Black Educators 
04:08 Segregation in Schools Now 
08:49 Rooks&apos; Journey &amp; Family History 
18:15 Challenges of Integration for Black Students 
22:09 The War on Poverty 
26:11 Life as an Integrator 
30:09 Jelani&apos;s Middle School Experience 
33:59 Navigating Racial Dynamics in Education 
35:43 Community Schools as a Solution 
45:43 Evans High School Transformation 
52:22 Conclusion</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/768ab0d4-8953-4e97-aca2-c3efa4372266</link>
      <guid>768ab0d48953-4e97-aca2-c3efa4372266</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/1837573b-bb3a-51d7-a82f-a7f712e0b1e5/MA012482.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=768ab0d4-8953-4e97-aca2-c3efa4372266" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 09 Jun 2025 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3232</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:image href="https://assets.byub.org/images/c880f3bd-61a4-43b6-9010-de9c493fd4bf/3000x3000.jpg"/>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2025</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>12</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Making Sense of America’s Credit Card Debt</title>
      <description>Credit card debt is at an all-time high in America. Half of all Americans with a credit card have carried a balance in the past year, and one in three have more credit card debt than emergency savings. And with interest rates soaring, that debt is becoming even more expensive.

It’s easy to see credit card debt as a personal failing, caused by overspending. While that’s often true, nearly a third of U.S. credit card holders say they use their cards to cover essentials like rent, food, or medical bills. That complicates the narrative. Credit card debt might be a burden—but access to credit can also be a lifeline.

On this episode of Top of Mind:
- How should we think about credit card debt in America?
- How much personal responsibility do we bear?
- What are the risks of making credit card debt “cheaper”?
- How can consumers navigate a system designed to promote debt?

Guests: 
Jamie Feldman, journalist and co-host of the Debt Heads podcast (https://debtheadspodcast.com/)  
Elena Botella, author of Delinquent: Inside America’s Debt Machine (https://elenabotella.com/books)  
Tris, credit card user  
Nicholas Anthony, policy analyst at the Cato Institute’s Center for Monetary and Financial Alternatives (https://www.cato.org/people/nicholas-anthony)  
Matt Schulz, Chief Consumer Finance Analyst at LendingTree and author of Ask Questions, Save Money, Make More (https://www.mattschulz.com/book/)   
Michael Reynolds, certified financial planner and owner of Elevation Financial (https://www.elevationfinancial.com/about)

CHAPTERS
00:00 Introduction
00:48 Jamie&apos;s Debt Journey
03:35 The Reality of Credit Card Debt in America
09:23 Elena Botella&apos;s Insider Perspective
15:16 The Evolution of Consumer Credit
25:13 Tris&apos; Story: Overcoming Financial Hurdles
26:25 Using Credit Cards Responsibly
28:18 Rebuilding Credit Scores
29:52 Debate and Impact: Interest Rate Caps
37:03 Tips for Managing Credit Card Debt
46:45 The Debt Snowball Method
48:49 Credit Card Rewards and Spending Habits
52:18 Conclusion</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/191b255c-07db-4688-9ee2-ee44035dd7dc</link>
      <guid>191b255c07db-4688-9ee2-ee44035dd7dc</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/beee8033-3919-54d2-aa5d-73202fe3d987/MA002936.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=191b255c-07db-4688-9ee2-ee44035dd7dc" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 26 May 2025 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3246</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:image href="https://assets.byub.org/images/0a66f61e-deb1-46be-ad68-78279f3ead8d/3000x3000.jpg"/>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2025</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>11</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>ISIS and the New Threat of Radicalization in America</title>
      <description>In 2017, the US and a coalition of more than 80 countries ran ISIS out of its strongholds, killed the group&apos;s top leaders, and declared victory.  

But that wasn&apos;t the end. 

Instead, ISIS reinvented itself as an even greater threat to the United States homeland—and did so more successfully than any other foreign terror group. National security experts now say a 9/11-style attack is no longer the main worry. It&apos;s &quot;domestic terrorism&quot; by &quot;lone-wolf&quot; attackers radicalized online to murder their fellow Americans.  

On this episode, we consider how ISIS has revised the radicalization playbook to become &quot;the easiest club in the world to join,&quot; as one expert describes. We&apos;ll hear how groups embracing other extremist ideologies – including white supremacy, male supremacy and anti-government sentiment - are using that same playbook. And we&apos;ll get concrete advice on how to prevent radicalization in young people.   

Guests: 
Christianne Boudreau, Co-founder of “Mothers for Life” and “Hope Regained” (https://www.hoperegained.com/)  
Joby Warrick, national security reporter for the Washington Post (https://www.washingtonpost.com/people/joby-warrick/), author of Black Flags: The Rise of ISIS (https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/233775/black-flags-by-joby-warrick/) 
Cynthia Miller-Idriss, professor at American University, founding director of the Polarization and Extremism Research and Innovation Lab (PERIL https://perilresearch.com/)</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/6ea0a91b-ab5c-4b0e-bf88-43694e2cd62b</link>
      <guid>6ea0a91bab5c-4b0e-bf88-43694e2cd62b</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/be196312-a3a4-5202-9632-34533c34df5c/MA011724.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=6ea0a91b-ab5c-4b0e-bf88-43694e2cd62b" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 12 May 2025 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3257</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:image href="https://assets.byub.org/images/18731dd7-042c-4189-8422-db9b8fc626ea/3000x3000.jpg"/>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2025</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>10</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Americans Are Reading Fewer Books Than Ever. Does That Matter in 2025?</title>
      <description>Americans reported reading 12 books on average in 2022. That’s the lowest number since Gallup started polling on this in the 90s. Survey data from 2023 show nearly half of US adults didn&apos;t read—or listen to—even one book that year. It&apos;s no wonder; book reading has to compete with endless news feeds, social media sites, streaming services, and even podcasts for free time. Teachers are starting to worry about this. College professors report their incoming freshman seem unable to stick with long, complicated texts. At the high school level, teachers are taking novels off their curriculum entirely, sticking to excerpts and movie-versions of the classics. 

Book reading in the digital age is more convenient than ever. You can listen to an audiobook in places you would never read a physical book—when you&apos;re driving, for example, or doing the dishes. And just one e-reader can store thousands of books, which makes reading more transportable and accessible. But even the ease of modern tech hasn&apos;t reversed the overall decline. And it begs new questions: do our brains interact with a screen the same way they interact with a paper page? And does listening to a book really count as reading it? Americans are consuming fewer books than ever. Does that matter in 2025? 

Guests: 
Della Cassia, freelance writer (https://www.dellacassia.com/)   

Victoria Waller, educational therapist and author of Yes! Your Child Can: Creating Success for Children with Learning Differences (https://www.drvictoriawaller.com/the-book)  

Jonathan Malesic, writer and professor at Southern Methodist University (https://www.nytimes.com/2024/10/25/opinion/college-university-students-reading.html?unlocked_article_code=1.U04.5KzJ.G2qOw1rujKCq&amp;smid=url-share)  

Anna White, avid audiobook reader  

Naomi Baron, professor emerita of linguistics at American University and author of How We Read Now: Strategic Choices for Print, Screen, and Audio (https://www.amazon.com/How-We-Read-Now-Strategic/dp/019008409X) and Who Wrote This? How AI and the Lure of Efficie</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/937a0893-ba97-4709-b9d3-51a789701e0a</link>
      <guid>937a0893ba97-4709-b9d3-51a789701e0a</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/a2f4454f-9381-52fc-a027-ada662cf18e4/MA015520.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=937a0893-ba97-4709-b9d3-51a789701e0a" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 28 Apr 2025 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3246</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:image href="https://assets.byub.org/images/4256028a-d730-4de4-b762-e0cf812af9d7/3000x3000.jpg"/>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2025</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>9</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>America is Rethinking Public Education. What Will the Future of School Look Like?</title>
      <description>The current state of education in America is a troubling picture. Reading proficiency scores have reached historic lows. Chronic absenteeism is on the rise—more than a quarter of K-12 students miss at least 10% of the school year. And the achievement gap in test scores between the highest and lowest performing students has widened. On this podcast episode, we take a closer look at education reform in America. Would more students show up to school if they were learning material that felt applicable to their goals in life - instead of being funneled through a cookie-cutter system designed for the industrial era? How would a focus on increasing background knowledge, known as knowledge-building curriculum, help students develop their understanding of core subjects better than our current model of skills-based instruction? And how might school choice policies—like open enrollment, charter schools, and magnet schools—address rising levels of school segregation? Could racial and socioeconomic integration be the key to closing America’s persistent achievement gaps on standardized test scores?  

Guests: 
Cory Steiner, Superintendent of Schools for Northern Cass School District: https://www.northerncassschool.org/page/personalized-learning   
Jenee Henry Wood, Chief Learning Officer at Transcend and co-author of Extraordinary Learning for All: How Communities Design Schools Where Everyone Thrives: https://transcendeducation.org/resources/extraordinary-learning-for-all/  
Russ Williams, Executive Director of Center City Public Schools in Washington, D.C.: https://centercitypcs.org/about/meet-our-team/#biokellydickens  
Kate Merrill, Managing Director of Curriculum and Instruction, Center City Public Schools in Washington, D.C.  
Halley Potter, Senior Fellow and Director of PK-12 Education Policy at The Century Foundation: https://tcf.org/experts/halley-potter/  
Milly Arbaje-Thomas, President &amp; CEO of METCO (The Metropolitan Council for Educational Opportunity) in Boston: https://metcoinc.org/about/  

More Top of Mind epi</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/b2c723ae-059d-4cf9-ba43-47b1c45d52a9</link>
      <guid>b2c723ae059d-4cf9-ba43-47b1c45d52a9</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/200dc73d-1476-5986-b156-1798e160db75/MA018821.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=b2c723ae-059d-4cf9-ba43-47b1c45d52a9" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 14 Apr 2025 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3255</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:image href="https://assets.byub.org/images/554a8e23-f078-4756-8b78-5c8b64c4e6c1/3000x3000.jpg"/>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2025</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>8</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Is Marijuana Legalization Working Out Like We Thought it Would?</title>
      <description>More Americans use cannabis every day, or almost every day, than use alcohol on a daily basis. That&apos;s in large part because marijuana is a lot more accessible than it used to be. More than half of us live in a state where marijuana is recreationally legal.  Nearly 8 in 10 live in a county with a marijuana dispensary.  

But marijuana is still illegal in the eyes of the federal government, which means legalization is being managed almost entirely by a patchwork of state policies. Doctors and scientists are starting to worry about what that means for public health. Is marijuana legalization working out like we thought it would? And where do we go from here?

Guests: 
Amber Post, realtor from Owasso, Oklahoma  
Yasmin Hurd, Director of the Addiction Institute at Icahn School of Medicine at Mount Sinai New York (https://www.nationalacademies.org/news/2024/09/to-protect-public-health-federal-government-should-provide-guidance-to-states-that-have-legalized-marijuana-close-hemp-regulatory-loopholes-create-public-health-campaign)
Jonathan Caulkins, Professor of Operations Research and Public Policy at Carnegie Mellon University’s Heinz College (https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/full/10.1111/add.16519)

00:00 Introduction and Personal Story
01:31 Amber Post&apos;s Marijuana Journey
02:43 Health Issues and Discovery
05:20 Legalization and Public Perception
11:13 Medical and Scientific Insights
15:31 Cannabinoids and Their Effects
23:49 Policy and Future Outlook
25:15 The Impact of Potent Cannabis Products on Youth
26:00 The Role of Policy and Regulation in Cannabis Safety
26:51 The Need for FDA Regulation in Cannabis Products
28:21 Concerns About Vulnerable Populations
30:02 The Evolution of Cannabis Legalization in the U.S.
32:59 The Rise of Daily Cannabis Use
36:06 Challenges in Regulating Cannabis Products
43:57 The Future of Cannabis Legalization and Regulation
52:35 Personal Reflections on Medical Marijuana
53:26 Closing Remarks and Additional Resources</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/66ec331c-4dda-4323-b978-cbb2fc93e0c9</link>
      <guid>66ec331c4dda-4323-b978-cbb2fc93e0c9</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/5a3836d5-fb31-5be6-98cc-cf830079210e/MA010951.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=66ec331c-4dda-4323-b978-cbb2fc93e0c9" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 31 Mar 2025 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3257</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:image href="https://assets.byub.org/images/1db202ed-12a3-4818-976f-464efc19cb4a/3000x3000.jpg"/>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2025</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>7</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>An Unlikely Friendship and the Fight to Make America Safer</title>
      <description>They started off as ideological enemies.  

Mark Rosenberg pioneered the public health approach to preventing gun violence and opened a branch of the CDC to fund that research. Jay Dickey, the &quot;NRA&apos;s point man in Congress&quot;, pushed a ban on CDC funding for gun violence research that lasted 20 years – and got Rosenberg fired. On this episode of Top of Mind, we tell the unlikely story of their friendship and what it can teach us about reducing gun violence in America.  

Americans are split right down the middle on whether it&apos;s more important to control gun ownership or protect the right to own guns. But we agree that too many people die from firearms. They are the leading cause of death for children under the age of 19 in the United States today. Mass shootings are so common they barely capture headlines beyond a day. In 2024, about 40,000 Americans died from gun violence. More than half were suicides.  

If Mark Rosenberg and Jay Dickie could come to agree on the need to reduce gun violence, while preserving the rights of law-abiding gun owners, can we do the same?   

Podcast Guests: 
Mark Rosenberg, MD, public health researcher, former director of the National Center for Injury Prevention and Control (NCPIC at the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention https://www.nejm.org/doi/full/10.1056/NEJM199310073291506)  
Jay Dickey, former Republican Congressman from Arkansas, gun rights advocate and sponsor of the “Dickey Amendment” (Dickey died in 2017 https://www.nwaonline.com/obituaries/2017/apr/23/jay-dickey-2017-04-23/. We hear archival tape in this episode) 
Betty Dickey, former Arkansas State Supreme Court Justice, Congressman Jay Dickey’s ex-wife 
Rachel Dickey Haithcoat, Congressman Jay Dickey’s daughter 
Garen Wintemute, MD, emergency medicine physician, director of the Violence Prevention Research Program, University of California at Davis 
Bindi Naik-Mathuria, MD, pediatric trauma surgeon, gun violence researcher</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/2ca1d0ad-385b-45f8-91ec-a88a2474c347</link>
      <guid>2ca1d0ad385b-45f8-91ec-a88a2474c347</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/c22e9378-1096-5e17-bc9e-e75be4949551/MA004894.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=2ca1d0ad-385b-45f8-91ec-a88a2474c347" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 17 Mar 2025 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3253</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:image href="https://assets.byub.org/images/b25392c0-d583-4467-960a-7c32357b26e1/3000x3000.jpg"/>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2025</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>6</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Is AI Killing Our Creativity?</title>
      <description>It’s been about two years since the public got a taste of ChatGPT for the first time. Now, artificial intelligence has seeped into nearly every aspect of our lives. You can use AI to check your grammar or to generate content for social media. Students use it to write essays. AI can also generate artwork, music or audio in seconds. We’re relying more and more on generative AI tools like MidJourney, DALL-E, Claude, Perplexity, and Copilot—and the more we use it, the better it gets. But can AI really be creative? What does it even mean to be creative in the age of AI?  

Guests: 
Kate Brunotts, freelance music producer (https://www.breakingsound.com/kate-brunotts) 
Jon Cockley, co-founder of the illustration agency, Handsome Frank (https://www.handsomefrank.com/)  
Lindsay Brainard, professor of philosophy at the University of Alabama, Birmingham (https://www.lindsaybrainard.com/home) 
Claire Silver, AI collaborative artist (https://www.clairesilver.com/selected-work) 

Links: 
Letter from the Artist Rights Alliance: https://artistrightsnow.medium.com/200-artists-urge-tech-platforms-stop-devaluing-music-559fb109bbac</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/902a303c-b814-473c-a82f-071fcf59a590</link>
      <guid>902a303cb814-473c-a82f-071fcf59a590</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/4877bb19-076c-58f0-981e-6f4a834b122a/MA015190.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=902a303c-b814-473c-a82f-071fcf59a590" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 03 Mar 2025 07:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3232</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:image href="https://assets.byub.org/images/6016493c-db3b-4b22-bf4e-e0a7ca209de3/3000x3000.jpg"/>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2025</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>5</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Free Speech on Campus: Protect Students or Speech?</title>
      <description>A 2024 Knight Foundation report found one in four college students think schools need to protect students by banning speech they may find offensive or biased, the largest share of students to answer that way since the survey first asked the question in 2016. 2024 also set a record for the number of attempts to disrupt or disinvite speaker, cancel performances, take down art exhibits and prevent the screening of films on US college campuses, according to the Foundation for Individual Rights and Expression (FIRE). What do these competing interests--to encourage student wellbeing and protect free speech on campus--mean for students and administrators trying to strike a balance? 

Guests: 
Jillian Lederman, Joseph Rago Memorial Fellow at The Wall Street Journal, 2024 graduate of Brown University ( https://www.nytimes.com/2023/11/03/opinion/antisemitism-jews-campus.html)
Kaleb Bakari Autman, undergraduate student at the University of Wisconsin-Madison 
Emma Camp, assistant editor at Reason Magazine, 2022 graduate of the University of Virginia (https://www.nytimes.com/2022/03/07/opinion/campus-speech-cancel-culture.html) 
Steve Bahls, president emeritus of Augustana College (retired in 2022), director of Presidential Mission and Vocation for the Council of Independent Colleges  

More 1st Amendment episodes from Top of Mind: 
Religious freedom: https://www.byuradio.org/top-of-mind-christian-or-not-unpacking-americas-religious-identity 
Free Speech: https://www.byuradio.org/d47c4b86-02d4-4a4d-997b-d1510ba9048b/top-of-mind-with-julie-rose-weighing-the-pros-and-cons-of-free-expression 
Free Press: https://www.byuradio.org/68e6b06a-73bb-4a0f-ace8-5f2b55bd066f/top-of-mind-with-julie-rose-can-the-news-be-trusted-americans-arent-too-sure 

Links: 
2024 Knight Foundation Report on Free Expression: https://knightfoundation.org/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Knight-Fdn_Free-Expression_2024_072424_FINAL-1.pdf 
FIRE Databases:  https://www.thefire.org/research-learn?_page=1&amp;keywords=&amp;_limit=6&amp;resource_type=1562</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/53c15ede-4e00-4830-a8e5-61a6aa406569</link>
      <guid>53c15ede4e00-4830-a8e5-61a6aa406569</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/0ba9a1b4-3dce-5e2b-8989-91c940c794fb/MA008990.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=53c15ede-4e00-4830-a8e5-61a6aa406569" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 17 Feb 2025 07:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3266</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:image href="https://assets.byub.org/images/47b0555b-7f64-4ff8-b090-abec4edfb39d/3000x3000.jpg"/>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2025</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>4</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How Do We Solve Loneliness in America?</title>
      <description>In his parting prescription for the country, outgoing US Surgeon General, Doctor Vivek Murthy writes that he is worried about how exhausted and alone Americans are. Public health experts say loneliness has become an epidemic. Research shows social disconnection is about as bad for your health as smoking 15 cigarettes a day, and more harmful than obesity. 

But loneliness in America is hardly new. Sociologists like Robert Putnam, author of the groundbreaking book Bowling Alone, have been sounding the alarm for nearly 25 years. In that time, loneliness has only accelerated, with online interaction replacing much of our face-to-face connection. What exactly is lacking for so many people in this country? What is the most useful way to think about this problem? And how can we solve it?

Guests:
Dr. Frank Clark, psychiatrist at Prisma-Health Upstate, clinical associate professor at the University of South Carolina School of Medicine, Greenville ( https://www.psychiatrictimes.com/authors/frank-clark-md)
Matt Fantastic, co-owner of Elm City Games in New Haven, Connecticut (https://www.elmcitygames.com/)
Charlotte Donlon, spiritual director and author of The Great Belonging: How Loneliness Leads Us to Each Other (https://charlottedonlon.com/the-great-belonging-book)

Links:
Dr. Vivek Murthy’s Parting Prescription for America: https://www.hhs.gov/sites/default/files/my-parting-prescription-for-america.pdf 
US Surgeon General’s Advisory Report on Loneliness: https://www.hhs.gov/sites/default/files/surgeon-general-social-connection-advisory.pdf</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/4b638146-bcba-4e4e-b50f-e7068f0ae9e3</link>
      <guid>4b638146bcba-4e4e-b50f-e7068f0ae9e3</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/7216c59b-94bc-5773-a33e-e23f12bc665b/MA008147.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=4b638146-bcba-4e4e-b50f-e7068f0ae9e3" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 03 Feb 2025 07:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3257</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:image href="https://assets.byub.org/images/929ee772-fb13-426e-a4e1-0623256de898/3000x3000.jpg"/>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2025</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>3</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Does IQ Really Matter?</title>
      <description>Why is insulting someone’s intelligence such a potent put down? It’s more than saying someone lacks knowledge or book learning. It’s a statement of a person’s worth – of their potential to be successful. And for that, we can thank the IQ test. In this podcast episode, we explore how the IQ test was created and continues to shape our collective understanding of intelligence and disability. We hear from a mother struggling with the pros and cons of having her daughter with Down Syndrome routinely IQ tested at school. A school psychologist tackles common misconceptions about the nature of IQ testing. And we consider how the IQ test’s narrow definition of “intelligence” affects people with dyslexia and autism, which have historically been conflated with intellectual disability. 

Guests:
Pepper Stetler, professor of art history, Miami University, author of “A Measure of Intelligence: One Woman’s Reckoning with the IQ Test” (https://www.pepperstetler.com/) 
Terisa Gabrielsen, professor of school psychology at Brigham Young University (https://education.byu.edu/directory/view/terisa-gabrielsen) 
Quincy Hansen, neurodiversity and autism advocate, author of “Shake It Up: How to be Young, Autistic, and Make an Impact” (https://speakingofautismcom.wordpress.com/) 
Tim Odegard,  Editor in Chief of the Annals of Dyslexia, professor of psychology at Middle Tennessee State University (https://dyslexia.mtsu.edu/staff/)</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/61bda780-7b88-491f-8e05-127487e581c3</link>
      <guid>61bda7807b88-491f-8e05-127487e581c3</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/94644806-32e5-59e8-9b05-f16bf4b15efe/MA010424.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=61bda780-7b88-491f-8e05-127487e581c3" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 20 Jan 2025 07:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3240</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:image href="https://assets.byub.org/images/32938e3a-d377-419e-a1cd-faa3cd4ebf03/3000x3000.jpg"/>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2025</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>2</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Surprising Truth About Reconciliation After Estrangement</title>
      <description>More than a quarter of Americans are estranged from at least one family member. Parent/child estrangement is the most common – especially between dads and their kids. There’s a lot about modern American life that has made family estrangement more common, and younger generations are more willing to talk about it on social media. But reconciliation happens more than you might think. On this episode of Top of Mind, we explore the reality of estrangement from both the parent and the child&apos;s perspective. And we hear what it takes to reconcile.

Guests:
Charlotte Gill, author of Almost Brown: A Memoir  (https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/705633/almost-brown-by-charlotte-gill/)
Sheri McGregor, author of Done with the Crying and Beyond Done with the Crying (https://a.co/d/93JwJ4C)
Joshua Coleman, clinical psychologist and author of The Rules of Estrangement: Why Adult Children Cut Ties and How to Heal the Conflict (https://www.penguinrandomhouse.com/books/622584/rules-of-estrangement-by-joshua-coleman-phd/)</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/5a698bbe-7f48-45ed-a9a0-41d3c0e83d56</link>
      <guid>5a698bbe7f48-45ed-a9a0-41d3c0e83d56</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/7a6fb0bd-72aa-51e1-a40c-f6631e8323de/MA009672.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=5a698bbe-7f48-45ed-a9a0-41d3c0e83d56" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 06 Jan 2025 07:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3236</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:image href="https://assets.byub.org/images/514f71d6-aa53-44c1-a432-04876bfb2fd8/3000x3000.jpg"/>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2025</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>1</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Christian or Not? Unpacking America&apos;s Religious Identity</title>
      <description>Can America guarantee free expression of religion in public as an officially secular, but culturally Christian nation? Expressing religious faith in public is both protected by law and socially acceptable. As a secular nation, the US has no official religion, but since two-thirds of American are Christian, most of the displays of religion in public places we see represent one faith. For example, Christmas is the only religious holiday observed by the that’s also a federal holiday when all government services and most private businesses are closed. And some argue that, because of our history and founding, America was intended to be a Christian nation. 

On this episode of Top of Mind we explore how free non-Christians in America actually feel to express their religious identity and beliefs in public? What’s the fairest way to approach the topic of religion in public places? Did the American founders intend to establish a Christian nation - and what does that complicated history mean for freedom of religion in the United States today?  

Guests: 

Linda K. Wertheimer, journalist and author of Faith Ed: Teaching About Religion in an Age of Intolerance (https://www.lindakwertheimer.com/?page_id=722) 

Rim-Sarah Alouane, PhD in Law and researcher at Université Toulouse Capitole in France (https://berkleycenter.georgetown.edu/posts/the-weaponization-of-laicite)

John Fea, professor of American History at Messiah University and author of Was America Founded as a Christian Nation? A Historical Introduction (https://www.amazon.com/Was-America-Founded-Christian-Nation/dp/0664235042)</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/f33e05b8-0041-4aa2-9302-24bca196de64</link>
      <guid>f33e05b80041-4aa2-9302-24bca196de64</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/2024f750-b949-5cbf-9bf0-5cc04b41f314/MA025651.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=f33e05b8-0041-4aa2-9302-24bca196de64" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 23 Dec 2024 07:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3292</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:image href="https://assets.byub.org/images/b48d6f02-bbee-4eb2-8a26-09d917fd1f99/3000x3000.jpg"/>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2024</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>33</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Pandemic Shook America&apos;s Trust in Vaccines—and Taught Us Something About Building Trust in Institutions</title>
      <description>Trust in institutions like the media, the medical system, public schools, all branches of government, and science is at an all-time low. When it comes to vaccines specifically, fewer than half of Americans think childhood vaccines are &quot;extremely important.&quot; That&apos;s the lowest level in 25 years. The pandemic sparked new vaccine hesitancy, driven by shifting health guidelines and vaccination mandates. And it shook America’s trust, especially in vaccines. But it also taught us something about building trust in institutions. 

On this episode of Top of Mind, we&apos;re taking a closer look at what happened to America&apos;s relationship with vaccines during the pandemic to see what we can learn about building - and maintaining - public trust. We&apos;ll hear a range of viewpoints exploring what it was like to gain trust, to lose it, and to try and foster it. This is not an episode about whether or not people should get vaccinated. Vaccines are just a useful lens to get at the deeper issue of how and why we trust institutions. 

Guests:  
Heather Simpson, co-founder of website &quot;Back to the Vax&quot; (https://backtothevax.com/)  

Maya Goldenberg, professor of philosophy at the University of Guelph and the author of Vaccine Hesitancy: Public Trust, Expertise, and the War on Science (https://upittpress.org/books/9780822966906/)  

Jennifer Sharp, filmmaker and director of the Anecdotals (http://www.jennifersharpfilms.com/)  

Bill Petri, doctor, scientist and professor at the University of Virginia (https://dailyprogress.com/life-entertainment/local/wellness/dr-william-petri-lions-bears-and-covid-an-update-for-the-summer/article_e7747372-2422-11ee-a785-d3f1e0a035ef.html)  

Links: 
Episode on trust in elections: https://www.byuradio.org/top-of-mind-what-will-it-take-to-rebuild-american-trust-in-elections
Episode on trust in media: https://www.byuradio.org/68e6b06a-73bb-4a0f-ace8-5f2b55bd066f/top-of-mind-with-julie-rose-can-the-news-be-trusted-americans-arent-too-sure</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/091804a9-7ad4-49e0-9ea6-b074974e17d3</link>
      <guid>091804a97ad4-49e0-9ea6-b074974e17d3</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/25f56809-6783-54bb-8847-fe26212b91f4/MA001217.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=091804a9-7ad4-49e0-9ea6-b074974e17d3" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 09 Dec 2024 07:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3243</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:image href="https://assets.byub.org/images/632e5dd7-d8e8-434b-b29c-dcf9af9fcc28/3000x3000.jpg"/>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2024</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>32</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Why It&apos;s So Easy to Ignore Caregivers (Especially Moms) and How to Change That</title>
      <description>Care work is the labor essential to life. But two-thirds of caregiving goes uncompensated. What do we miss when we don’t value care work and how does this affect care workers? If we multiplied all the hours spent in a year on unpaid caregiving in America by the local minimum wage, it would be worth one trillion dollars. Yet none of it is accounted for in the official measures of the nation&apos;s economic health or productivity. And the vast majority is done by women. Meanwhile, the paid care sector has a critical shortage of daycare staff, home health aides and certified nursing assistants. America is in a care work crisis. 

In this podcast episode, we talk to a therapist and struggling mother about how she changed her mindset on care work. Then we talk to a former direct care worker about her experience in the field and her efforts to improve the paid care sector. Finally, we discuss the care economy with a mother and author who has struggled with her identity as a caregiver.

Guests:
- KC Davis, creator of the StruggleCare platform and author of How to Keep House While Drowning (https://www.strugglecare.com/) 
- Diondre Clarke, former direct care worker and field organizer for the National Domestic Workers Alliance (https://www.domesticworkers.org/) 
- Elissa Strauss, author of When You Care: The Unexpected Magic of Caring for Others (https://www.simonandschuster.com/books/When-You-Care/Elissa-Strauss/9781982169275)</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/a147a93c-ede3-4353-a7c4-6cbcda54e967</link>
      <guid>a147a93cede3-4353-a7c4-6cbcda54e967</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/58752cee-ca81-5d13-b828-ffa197c302b9/MA016995.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=a147a93c-ede3-4353-a7c4-6cbcda54e967" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 25 Nov 2024 07:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3241</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:image href="https://assets.byub.org/images/c44332ea-57f1-4404-9a35-2251edacb44c/3000x3000.jpg"/>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2024</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>31</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>America Has an Organ Shortage. Could Paying Donors Close the Gap?</title>
      <description>There are more than 100,000 people on the waitlist for an organ transplant. Every day 17 of them die. Most organs for transplant come from deceased donors. But the organs in highest demand for transplantation are kidneys and livers – both of which can be donated while a person is still alive. So, we could save thousands of lives each year if more people were willing make a living organ donation. Some advocates say giving donors money would increase organ donations enough to eliminate the entire waitlist. But federal law makes it illegal to buy or sell organs. Ethicists have real concerns about coercion and exploitation, too. In this podcast episode, we&apos;re exploring America&apos;s organ shortage and asking whether paying donors could close the gap.  

Guests: 
David Galbenski, liver transplant recipient and co-founder of the Living Liver Foundation (https://livingliver.org/) 

Elaine Perlman, kidney donor, Executive Director of Waitlist Zero and leading advocate for the End Kidney Deaths Act (http://waitlistzero.org/) 

Kathleen McLaughlin, journalist and author of Blood Money; The Story of Life, Death, and Profit Inside America&apos;s Blood Industry 

Al Roth, Nobel-prize winning economist, Stanford University, expert in market design and game theory (https://marketdesigner.blogspot.com/)</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/7d168cfb-a05f-407f-8223-80c8200a3833</link>
      <guid>7d168cfba05f-407f-8223-80c8200a3833</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/8aa6198d-dba8-54a5-930e-6f137471904f/MA013187.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=7d168cfb-a05f-407f-8223-80c8200a3833" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 11 Nov 2024 07:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3237</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:image href="https://assets.byub.org/images/bfd98efe-ecfb-48ad-bff8-f50db1dde7d1/3000x3000.jpg"/>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2024</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>30</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Why We Choose to Lean into the Discomfort of Making this Podcast</title>
      <description>Meet the teams behind Top of Mind and Uncomfy in this special crossover episode, where we share stories of sticking with a challenging perspective while working on the shows. We are exposed to a lot of nuanced viewpoints as we put podcast episodes together, which gives us the perfect opportunity to practice what we preach: choosing to lean into discomfort instead of lashing out or shying away. We’ve found clarity about our own beliefs, empathy for the people around us, and also developed the skills to tackle tough conversations. Tune in to Top of Mind to practice engaging with important, complicated topics. Check out Uncomfy, too, where we’re sharing stories of people choosing to engage in an uncomfortable moment instead of stepping back. And if you’ve had an “Uncomfy” experience lately, share it with us by emailing uncomfy@byu.edu.

Guests:  
Top of Mind producers - Alayna Beck, Caleb Leach, Vanessa Goodman, and James Hoopes. 
Uncomfy producers - Samuel Benson and Henrique Prado. 

Find links to the podcast episodes referenced in this conversation below: 
What Does it Mean to Be White in America?: https://www.byuradio.org/top-of-mind-what-does-it-mean-to-be-white-in-america 

The Changing Ways We Decide Who Gets into College an Why it Matters: https://www.byuradio.org/top-of-mind-the-changing-way-we-decide-who-gets-into-college-and-why-it-matters 

Why We’re So Anxious About Retirement in America — And How We Can Fix It: https://www.byuradio.org/top-of-mind-why-were-so-anxious-about-retirement-in-america-and-how-we-can-fix-it 

What Can We Do About America’s Money in Politics Problem?: https://www.byuradio.org/top-of-mind-what-can-we-do-about-americas-money-in-politics-problem  

Spending a Day with People Who Think You Hate Them – Jefferson Shupe: https://www.byuradio.org/e14-spending-a-day-with-people-who-think-you-hate-them-jefferson-shupe</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/ab4d4385-02b0-4300-9a8d-0b5b10587e4b</link>
      <guid>ab4d438502b0-4300-9a8d-0b5b10587e4b</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/2f22c5fe-064d-4d2f-8be3-badefebbebde/MA018038.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=ab4d4385-02b0-4300-9a8d-0b5b10587e4b" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 28 Oct 2024 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>2234</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:image href="https://assets.byub.org/images/4b3ae272-513e-43a6-9097-29c70ca386ed/3000x3000.jpg"/>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2024</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>29</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What Will it Take to Rebuild American Trust in Elections?</title>
      <description>Only 44% of Americans say they have a &quot;great deal&quot; or &quot;quite a bit of confidence&quot; that the results of the 2024 election will be accurate. But party affiliation is a big part of the story. If you break down that 44%, only 1 in 4 Republicans have high confidence, compared to nearly 3 out of 4 Democrats. The reasons that so many Americans currently lack trust in elections differ on the political left and right, but a representative democracy like ours relies on all voters having a high level of confidence in the results of an election no matter who wins. Without it, people stop voting, losing candidates don&apos;t concede, winners can&apos;t lead effectively and the transition from one administration to the next is no longer guaranteed to be peaceful. In this episode, we hear what leads people on the left and right to lack trust in the integrity of U.S. elections. We meet a county clerk who ran for office because of his concerns about fraud and mail voting. Now he’s administering his first presidential election and trying to convince other voters to trust the system. Then we explore the recommendations of a group of Democrats and Republicans who came together in search of common ground around restoring trust in elections.  

Guests:  
Lenny Mirra, Republican former Massachusetts State Representative, “Red” member of the Braver Angels Trustworthy Elections Initiative leadership team (https://braverangels.org/trustworthy-elections/) 

Catherine Roeske, city clerk of Oak Creek, Wisconsin (https://www.oakcreekwi.gov/government/departments/clerk/elections) 

Aaron Davidson, Clerk of Utah County, Utah (https://vote.utahcounty.gov/home) 

Jay Young, Senior Director of Voting and Democracy, Common Cause (https://www.commoncause.org/issues/stopping-voter-suppression/) 

Reena Bernards, creator of Common Ground Workshop, “Blue” member of the Braver Angels Trustworthy Elections Initiative leadership team (https://braverangels.org/trustworthy-elections/)</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/4134a3e3-bf6b-485b-9ac0-75910ee3658e</link>
      <guid>4134a3e3bf6b-485b-9ac0-75910ee3658e</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/ca09af90-604b-43fc-b6f1-9787e742155a/MA007068.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=4134a3e3-bf6b-485b-9ac0-75910ee3658e" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 14 Oct 2024 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3247</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:image href="https://assets.byub.org/images/eb21e1d2-9df4-435a-80a4-49e8687d6b90/3000x3000.jpg"/>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2024</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>28</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What Can We Do About America’s Money in Politics Problem?</title>
      <description>Presidential elections in the US are twice as expensive as they were just a decade ago, and so are the most competitive Congressional races. Even state and local elections now routinely see record spending – typically from “outside groups” that have no restrictions on what they can raise or spend. 

The current state of money in politics is a rare point of bipartisan agreement in America. Overwhelming majorities of Republicans and Democrats think the cost of campaigns makes it hard for good people to run for office and that big donors and special interest groups have too much influence over politicians. Plus, political donors and special interest groups are more ideological than the average citizen, making political campaigns more polarized. 

In this podcast episode, we explore what’s changed in the last decade to dramatically increase the flow of money in US elections. And we look at a wide range of efforts underway to address the influence of money in politics. 

Guests:
David Jolly, former Republican Congressman from Florida’s 13th District (https://davidjolly.com/)

Jeff Clements, constitutional Lawyer and CEO of American Promise, sponsors of the “For Our Freedom Amendment” (https://americanpromise.net/)

Ray La Raja, professor of political science at the University of Massachusetts, Amherst and co-author of “Campaign Finance and Political polarization: When Purists Prevail” (https://www.fulcrum.org/concern/monographs/h702q709t)

Rene LeBeau, Democracy Voucher Program Manager for the Seattle Ethics and Elections Commission (https://seattle.gov/democracyvoucher)

Alan Durning, CEO of Sightline Institute (https://www.sightline.org/)</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/05752ab5-4d09-47b4-94b5-ad9f637f432e</link>
      <guid>05752ab54d09-47b4-94b5-ad9f637f432e</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/a7ef724d-955d-4a14-8f6e-291e32ff9f7b/MA000803.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=05752ab5-4d09-47b4-94b5-ad9f637f432e" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 30 Sep 2024 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3170</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:image href="https://assets.byub.org/images/6326948c-58c9-4272-b5d1-6867e70211bf/3000x3000.jpg"/>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2024</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>27</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Do Jury Trials Work the Way We Want Them To?</title>
      <description>A trial by jury is an important American right, enshrined in the 6th and 7th amendments of the constitution.  But do jury trials work the way we want them to? Not all countries use citizen juries in their justice systems, and the ones that do generally don&apos;t give them quite as much power as America does. But juries are also becoming rare in the United States. Only 2% of criminal trials ever make it in front of a jury because prosecutors pressure defendants to take plea deals as a faster, cheaper alternative to trial. And most of us dread getting called to serve on a jury. Should America continue to lean away from juries, or press to make them more present in our system - and perhaps more just? In this podcast episode, we talk to someone who’s served on a jury, and someone who was wrongfully convicted by one. We&apos;ll also talk to experts about where juries fall short and what we can do about that. 

Guests: 
Kristen Cambell, CEO of Philanthropy for Active Civic Engagement (PACE) (https://www.linkedin.com/pulse/how-jury-duty-yes-duty-changed-my-life-riyzc/)

Herman Lindsey, executive director of Witness to Innocence (https://www.witnesstoinnocence.org/single-post/herman-lindsey)

James Binnall, lawyer and professor at California State University Long Beach, author of &quot;Twenty Million Angry Men: The Case for Including Convicted Felons in Our Juries&quot; (https://doi.org/10.1111/lapo.12015)

Valerie Hans, law professor at Cornell University (https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=4168115)</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/4a6fde14-3a50-4a48-984d-75c25a2e02e6</link>
      <guid>4a6fde143a50-4a48-984d-75c25a2e02e6</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/695a2d5c-90e4-44a2-a75a-4ed39b48cabd/MA008049.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=4a6fde14-3a50-4a48-984d-75c25a2e02e6" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 16 Sep 2024 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3259</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:image href="https://assets.byub.org/images/535785a8-88c5-44a9-ace1-cf23a54d4052/3000x3000.jpg"/>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2024</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>26</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Funny or Offensive? Why It&apos;s So Hard to Draw the Line in Humor</title>
      <description>Why is it so hard to draw the line between what’s funny or offensive? We love to laugh and we prize a good sense of humor in ourselves and others. But the ancient Greeks – Aristotle and Plato – said humor was bad for society: they thought of it mainly as mockery and laughing was a loss of self-control. When you consider how quickly humor can go wrong in the hands of a bully or an edgy standup routine, you have to wonder - were the Greek philosophers right? In this podcast episode we meet a biracial standup comic who jokes often about race and thinks comedians should be able to joke about anything, so long as it’s funny, original and authentic to their experiences. We also consider the difference between racist humor and humor that’s racially insensitive or “merely racial” with a leading expert on the ethics of racial humor. And then we ask what it would take to maximize the benefits of humor in every day interactions, where you could argue the goals and rules are different. 

Podcast Guests:
Isak Allen, Los Angeles-based standup comedian (https://www.drybarcomedy.com/isaka)
  
Luvell Anderson, professor of philosophy at University of Illinois Urbana-Champaign 

Mike Cundall, a professor of philosophy at North Carolina A&amp;T State University, author of The Humor Hack, and founder of Mirth Management consulting. (https://www.mirthmanagement.co/)</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/38c0b574-c6c7-4ef8-85b5-7180044e5ba0</link>
      <guid>38c0b574c6c7-4ef8-85b5-7180044e5ba0</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/cfe1de46-b377-46a4-9b02-ad8a534f1fbc/MA006155.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=38c0b574-c6c7-4ef8-85b5-7180044e5ba0" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 02 Sep 2024 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3201</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:image href="https://assets.byub.org/images/2dc82837-aa11-42e6-8923-18f72b3c4960/3000x3000.jpg"/>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2024</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>25</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Changing Ways We Decide Who Gets into College and Why it Matters</title>
      <description>For a century, the ACT and SAT played a central role in filtering college applicants. Most colleges and universities stopped requiring standardized test scores during the pandemic; that change has turned into a permanent shift across higher education. A lot of people think that&apos;s for the better, particularly since the tests have long been shown to disadvantage students of color and those with fewer economic resources.  
But now a growing number of elite schools - including Harvard, MIT and Dartmouth - are reinstating the test requirement. Why are they struggling to make up their minds? 
Meanwhile, the Supreme Court outlawed another prominent filter elite schools have used to make admissions decisions - race. Now that test score requirements are in flux and affirmative action is illegal, how do we decide who gets into college? 

Guests: 
Emi Nietfeld, journalist and author of &quot;Acceptance: A Memoir&quot; 

Nicholas Lemann, professor at the Columbia School of Journalism and author of &quot;The Big Test: The Secret History of the American Meritocracy&quot; and &quot;Higher Admissions: The Rise, Decline, and Return of Standardized Testing&quot; 

Alix Coupet, former admissions officer at Stanford and the University of Chicago, currently working in private admissions counseling  

Patricia Gandara, professor at UCLA’s Graduate School of Education and a co-director of the Civil Rights Project at UCLA</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/88d1513a-433b-4313-a21b-9e8dd641ab21</link>
      <guid>88d1513a433b-4313-a21b-9e8dd641ab21</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/ac8cc0c2-cad8-47f6-ae48-01e9bab3d14e/MA014425.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=88d1513a-433b-4313-a21b-9e8dd641ab21" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 19 Aug 2024 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3268</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:image href="https://assets.byub.org/images/1e442cc4-85c1-4c0e-b9b2-3d6d332c597a/3000x3000.jpg"/>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2024</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>24</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Why We’re So Anxious About Retirement in America – And How We Can Fix It</title>
      <description>Most Americans are anxious about when – or even if – they’ll be able to retire. And we’re not wrong. Social Security is on shaky footing. Half of Americans on the cusp of retirement have no money saved for it. This isn’t how retirement in America was supposed to work. But 40 years ago, Congress shifted the US away from employer pensions and toward a do-it-yourself system based on 401K retirement saving plans. It’s not going well. In this episode we get to the bottom of why so many Americans are unable to retire comfortably and end up, instead, living in poverty or working well past age 70. And we’ll learn what we can do on an individual and national level to improve retirement in America. 

Podcast Guests:  
Teresa Ghilarducci, professor of economics at the New School for Social Research, author of Work, Retire, Repeat: The Uncertainty of Retirement in the New Economy (https://teresaghilarducci.org/) 

Aubrey Johnson, 24, recent college graduate
Heather Sheffer, 45, self-employed
Mike Cundall, 50, philosophy professor North Carolina A&amp;T State University
Jaye Crist, 63, printing business employee, artist @jayecrist on Instagram
Penny Pennington Weeks, 58, retired from Oklahoma State University faculty at age 55, posts garden and retirement content @pennypenningtonweeks on Instagram
Cami (last name withheld), 38, full-time nurse, divorced mother of four kids
Maryann O’Connor, 67, owner of Kindred Woman Travelers (https://www.kindredwomentravelers.com/)
Elaine Jarvie, 68, retired, RV traveler</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/d79cc922-eff5-49d6-87e9-d05ec2fbe5e2</link>
      <guid>d79cc922eff5-49d6-87e9-d05ec2fbe5e2</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/c198d321-4c7e-41b5-89b7-acd9981c7f12/MA022672.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=d79cc922-eff5-49d6-87e9-d05ec2fbe5e2" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 05 Aug 2024 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3256</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:image href="https://assets.byub.org/images/a4b92c29-2352-4c54-94cf-c3a00bc9b31a/3000x3000.jpg"/>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2024</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>23</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>American roads are dangerous. How can we make them safer?</title>
      <description>Compared to other wealthy nations, America has twice as many traffic deaths per capita. And in recent years, pedestrian and cyclist deaths have spiked. Experts say road design plays a big part in this. The most dangerous roads are “suburban arteries” that are often 5 or 6 lanes wide, with long distances between traffic lights where pedestrians can cross. On this episode of the podcast, we explore why American roads are designed almost exclusively for vehicles and what it would take to make them safer for people on foot and bicycle. Can streets allow good flow for vehicles, but still have bike lanes and safe crossing options for pedestrians? Cars these days are supercomputers on wheels – could technology solve this problem for us? 

Podcast Guests:
Lizi Rahman, mother of Asif Rahman and member of Families for Safer Streets (https://www.familiesforsafestreets.org/)

Angie Schmitt, author of “Right of Way: Race, Class, and the Silent Epidemic of Pedestrian Deaths in America” (https://usa.streetsblog.org/author/angie)

Steve Morris, co-founder of the West Roxbury Safety Association (https://www.facebook.com/WestRoxburysafetyassociation/)

John McElroy, journalist and president of Autoline (https://www.autoline.tv/)</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/c328e6a8-fd0f-4a93-8c55-3013d9451519</link>
      <guid>c328e6a8fd0f-4a93-8c55-3013d9451519</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/d6445fb5-44b7-4d36-a52e-509d75ae2228/MA020502.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=c328e6a8-fd0f-4a93-8c55-3013d9451519" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 22 Jul 2024 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3244</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:image href="https://assets.byub.org/images/56d03b5b-6a25-4aed-8291-8cb2818878a3/3000x3000.jpg"/>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2024</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>22</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Inside the Changing Role of Fathers in America</title>
      <description>What does it mean to be a father in 2024? In the US, the “primary breadwinner dad” is increasingly rare, while the &quot;primary caregiver dad” is becoming more common. And dads are generally doing a lot more childcare and housework than their fathers and grandfathers did. But women still do twice as much housework as their husbands, so it’s not uncommon to see tempers flare online when fathers get praised for parenting while mothers don’t. How are American families navigating these changings? 
In this podcast episode, we talk with a working father who overcame some biased assumptions about household duties. We talk to a stay-at-home dad about the decision he and his wife made more than a decade ago to have him be the primary caregiver for their children. And then, a single father with full custody of his three young kids talks about what the experience and taught him about society’s assumptions about the needs of parents. Finally, a historian of American family life will explain how the division of duties we consider “traditional” is a relatively recent development. 

Podcast Guests:  
Clint Edwards, author of “No Idea What I’m Doing” dad blog and parenting books “Father-ish: Laugh-Out-Loud Tales From a Dad Trying Not to Ruin His Kids’ Lives” and “I’m Sorry... Love, Your Husband” (https://clintedwards.substack.com/)

Shannon Carpenter, father and comedy writer, author of “The Ultimate Stay-at-Home Dad” (https://www.shannoncarpenterauthor.com/)

Daniel Ortega, single dad with full custody of his three kids and founder of The Mindful Wolf (www.themindfulwolf.com)

Stephanie Coontz, Director of Research and Public Education at the Council on Contemporary Families, Professor Emerita at Evergreen State College, former Woodrow Wilson Fellow, author of “The Way We Never Were - American Families and the Nostalgia Trap” (https://www.stephaniecoontz.com)

Voices from the Council of Moms, hosted by The Lisa Show (https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLwfgWmzxxX046s1nNNo7HNa-LTIfguVnT)</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/605dacbb-568b-4b08-aae7-9a02bf4bc2de</link>
      <guid>605dacbb568b-4b08-aae7-9a02bf4bc2de</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/7a3597c6-4b51-4267-b6e4-389dc0371e2b/MA010282.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=605dacbb-568b-4b08-aae7-9a02bf4bc2de" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Jul 2024 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3237</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:image href="https://assets.byub.org/images/c5598281-3953-4d69-ae46-8ee8c9753ba5/3000x3000.jpg"/>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2024</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>21</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Why America&apos;s Childcare Crisis is an Equation We Can&apos;t Seem to Balance</title>
      <description>More than two-thirds of children under the age of 6 in the U.S. live in a household where all available parents work. But in most communities, there’s a shortage of slots in childcare centers and home-based providers. Because of unreliable childcare, as many as 100,000 Americans are forced to stay home from work at least once a month, according to the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics. That&apos;s not to mention the cost, which eats up about 13 percent of an American family&apos;s income on average, sometimes rivaling what they pay for food, utilities, or even rent. 

If there&apos;s so much demand for childcare in America, why aren&apos;t entrepreneurs flocking to meet that demand? The bottom line is the numbers don&apos;t work. In this episode, we’re exploring why America’s childcare crisis is an equation we can’t seem to balance and what it means for families and communities, including those of us who don&apos;t need or want childcare. We’ll tackle the interesting history of childcare with a policy expert, get an inside look with a childcare provider owner in Virginia, and finally, we talk with a parent who pushed her community to do something different. 

Podcast Guests:  
Juanterria Pope-Browne, creator and owner of Kidz with Goals Unlimited, a daycare in Hopewell, Virginia (https://www.kidzwithgoals.com/)

Elliot Haspel, senior fellow at Capita, author of Crawling Behind: America’s Childcare Crisis and How to Fix It (https://elliothaspel.com/)

Lindsey Buegler, parent and accountant in Warren, Minnesota and former daycare board member (https://www.cbsnews.com/minnesota/news/a-minnesota-town-may-be-a-blueprint-for-how-to-fix-the-nations-childcare-crisis/)</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/f2398c48-d477-4680-a22d-254a5070e892</link>
      <guid>f2398c48d477-4680-a22d-254a5070e892</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/7ba78d6b-235c-47d8-8e24-c24dcedf3c3c/MA025536.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=f2398c48-d477-4680-a22d-254a5070e892" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 24 Jun 2024 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3253</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:image href="https://assets.byub.org/images/520380d7-90ab-4345-93d1-4416713ba708/3000x3000.jpg"/>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2024</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>20</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Is Our Perception of Crime in America Accurate?</title>
      <description>Americans have a perplexing perception of crime. One in three Americans report watching, listening, or reading true crime on a weekly basis. But our fixation on crime goes deeper than entertainment. Both Republicans and Democrats consider violent crime an increasing problem. But most of us are safer today than we’ve ever been. Violent crime in America is down 50% since the 1990s. What’s driving the disconnect in our perception of crime? And what consequences does it have for our communities? Where might be a better place to direct our attention?

On this podcast episode, we talk to a devoted fan of true crime who has also studied the effect it has on people. A leading research on crime and public perception in America explains how the 9/11 terror attacks fueled the disconnect in how safe Americans are and how safe they feel they are. We also speak with a survivor of intimate partner violence who created an organization to educate people about domestic and intimate partner violence, which pose a far greater threat to Americans than the crime we most fear. 

Podcast Guests:
Amanda Vicary, Chair of the Psychology Department and professor at Illinois Wesleyan University (https://amandavicary.com/)

John Roman, senior fellow in economics, justice, and society at NORC at the University of Chicago, director of the Center on Public Safety and Justice (https://substack.com/@johnkroman)

Twahna P. Harris, domestic violence survivor and founder and executive director of The Butterfly Society (https://www.thebutterflysociety.org/)</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/f8bb6fec-466f-4ef8-a42e-3be203788f4b</link>
      <guid>f8bb6fec466f-4ef8-a42e-3be203788f4b</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/3b79d786-c28b-488e-b195-f9894ac13496/MA026219.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=f8bb6fec-466f-4ef8-a42e-3be203788f4b" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 10 Jun 2024 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3244</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:image href="https://assets.byub.org/images/b90ffcf9-afe2-41e4-a177-0d38bcfc58d8/3000x3000.jpg"/>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2024</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>19</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Violence, Opioids, Loneliness, Obesity — The Pros and Cons of Treating Social Issues as Epidemics</title>
      <description>These days anything that&apos;s widespread might be called an &quot;epidemic.&quot; Violence, obesity, opioids, even loneliness. But in the public health space, the label &quot;epidemic&quot; means something specific - a disease that&apos;s widespread and usually contagious. How does thinking about social issues as epidemics change the way we approach them? We&apos;ll explore the pros and cons with first responders on the front line of different epidemics. 
 
In this podcast episode, an ER doctor explains the cyclical, contagious nature of violence. A dietician considers the unintended consequences of making weight loss the focus of the obesity epidemic. A paramedic with 30 years of experience traces the evolution of the opioid overdose crisis in America and argues for empathy and harm reduction to save more lives. Finally, we consider America’s newest epidemic – loneliness – with the nation’s leading scientist on the harm caused by social isolation. In what ways does framing these issues as epidemics enable us to cure them? 

Podcast Guests:
Rob Gore, MD, founder of the Kings Against Violence Initiative (KAVI), and author of “Treating Violence: An Emergency Room Doctor Takes on a Deadly American Epidemic” (https://kavibrooklyn.org/)

Kirsten Morrisson, registered dietitian and certified Intuitive Eating counselor, host of Intuitive Bites podcast (https://theintuitiverd.com/podcast/)

Peter Canning, paramedic, EMS coordinator at UCONN John Dempsey Hospital, and author of “Killing Season: A Paramedic&apos;s Dispatches from the Frontlines of the Opioid Epidemic” (https://www.petercanning.org/)

Julianne Holt-Lunstad, professor of psychology and neuroscience at Brigham Young University, director of the Social Connection &amp; Health Lab, and lead scientist on the Surgeon General&apos;s 2023 report on Loneliness and Social Isolation (https://www.hhs.gov/sites/default/files/surgeon-general-social-connection-advisory.pdf)</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/2c65026d-a676-4336-ad31-2125754f9f64</link>
      <guid>2c65026da676-4336-ad31-2125754f9f64</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/ffbedfce-0089-40c8-afc2-5c284c9d6fca/MA004869.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=2c65026d-a676-4336-ad31-2125754f9f64" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 27 May 2024 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3241</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:image href="https://assets.byub.org/images/289cfd69-14c5-40e8-a432-ad632f775da6/3000x3000.jpg"/>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2024</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>18</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What Does It Mean to Be White in America?</title>
      <description>Since 2020 — when George Floyd&apos;s murder was seen around the world and protests for racial justice swept the country — many Americans with white skin have begun to think explicitly about race and its consequences. What does it mean to be white in America? What’s it like to be not-white-enough? Or to not have your racial identity reflected on official government forms? How did white become the default against which all other skin colors are measured?  

In this podcast episode, we explore the nuance of what it means to be white in America with guests who fall along the spectrum of whiteness. We’ll hear one woman’s story of waking up to her whiteness and understanding how skin color matters in America. A leading historian of race in America explains how – and why – whiteness was invented. We’ll consider the complicated relationship people who identify as Hispanic or Latin American have long had with whiteness. And a multiracial mother will share insights on how to help children be thoughtful, informed and brave about race. 

Podcast Guests:
Debby Irving, racial justice educator, author of “Waking Up White (and finding myself in the story of race)” (https://www.debbyirving.com/)

Nell Irvin Painter, professor emerita of American History at Princeton, author of “The History of White People” and “I Just Keep Talking” (http://www.nellpainter.com/)

Julie Dowling, professor of Sociology and Latin American/Latino Studies, University of Illinois, Chicago, author of “Mexican Americans and the Question of Race” 

Melissa Giraud, founder and co-director of Embrace Race (https://www.embracerace.org/)</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/dbee6f88-9b26-4f93-b4b4-278b4f2e2d98</link>
      <guid>dbee6f889b26-4f93-b4b4-278b4f2e2d98</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/f7bd0e6d-a4e1-4be9-a8d5-55220c49716b/MA023126.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=dbee6f88-9b26-4f93-b4b4-278b4f2e2d98" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 13 May 2024 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3237</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:image href="https://assets.byub.org/images/7c4d6cb1-df5f-446a-a697-0bbc859b4da9/3000x3000.jpg"/>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2024</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>17</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Moments that Challenged the Top of Mind Team to Stay Curious</title>
      <description>In this podcast episode, Julie and the other members of the Top of Mind team reflect on moments from previous episodes that challenged them to stay curious and stick with uncomfortable perspectives instead of dismissing them or putting up defenses. As we put podcast episodes together, we have these “Stick With It” moments all the time – and we hope you do, too, because they’ve led us to new empathy, deeper relationships, and clarity about our own views. One of our producers grapples with the grading system she grew up with. Another reconsiders her thinking on the impact of social media use on teen mental health. We&apos;ll also explore a complicated relationship with unions, find empathy in the medication for mental health debate, and reassess the language we use when talking about homelessness. 

We’d love to hear your “Stick With It” moments. Email your story to topofmind@byu.edu. We’re also on social media @topofmindpod.   

Podcast Guests: 
Top of Mind producers Alayna Beck, Vanessa Goodman, Amber Mortensen, Samuel Benson, and James Hoopes. 

Find links below to all of the Top of Mind episodes referenced in this episode.

Many Students Lack Motivation to Learn. What Can We do?: https://www.byuradio.org/top-of-mind-many-students-lack-motivation-to-learn-what-can-we-do 

Teen Mental Health in America is Getting Worse. What Can We Do About It?: https://www.byuradio.org/top-of-mind-teen-mental-health-in-america-is-getting-worse-what-can-we-do 

An Explosion of Union Activity in the US and What it Means: https://www.byuradio.org/top-of-mind-an-explosion-of-union-activity-in-the-us-and-what-it-means 

Ending Homelessness in America Feels Impossible. Is It?: https://www.byuradio.org/top-of-mind-ending-homelessness-in-america-feels-impossible-is-it</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/9ec9f192-2b74-4ae9-b908-71ddc3789373</link>
      <guid>9ec9f1922b74-4ae9-b908-71ddc3789373</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/9b879aae-5144-480c-b976-82fc8fa1cab1/MA016749.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=9ec9f192-2b74-4ae9-b908-71ddc3789373" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 29 Apr 2024 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>2505</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:image href="https://assets.byub.org/images/0b38225c-88af-4851-a9e0-5175cf1e1eb5/3000x3000.jpg"/>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2024</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>16</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Avoiding the Outrage Trap, featuring David Beckemeyer of “Outrage Overload”</title>
      <description>Our “Stick With It” series on the Top of Mind podcast continues with a story from David Beckemeyer, host of the podcast “Outrage Overload.” Beckemeyer used to spend his time engaging in social media fights. When his son, who also often indulged in heated online discussions, decided to step away from social media, Beckemeyer was prompted to closely examine his own behavior, leading him to make a significant change and delve into why so many of us fall into the outrage trap.

The Top of Mind podcast would love to hear your Stick With It story. Can you think of a time when you felt your perspective or worldview challenged and, instead of getting defensive, you chose to lean into the discomfort – and you’re glad you did? Email your story to topofmind@byu.edu.

Podcast Guest:
David Beckemeyer, host of the Outrage Overload podcast</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/69fb98d5-7f26-44c2-9b3c-155c3d528605</link>
      <guid>69fb98d57f26-44c2-9b3c-155c3d528605</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/d411881f-e52f-4020-b433-311022048f37/MA011250.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=69fb98d5-7f26-44c2-9b3c-155c3d528605" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 22 Apr 2024 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>1538</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:image href="https://assets.byub.org/images/32fc9e87-787e-4446-a169-d8294e9196a9/3000x3000.jpg"/>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2024</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>15</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Facing the Rising Flood Problem in America</title>
      <description>Floods are the most common of all weather-related disasters in America. They cause more damage and kill more people than any other type of severe weather. Flood risk is rising all over the country—rainstorms are more intense and flash floods are happening more frequently. The communities facing the greatest risk in the coming decades are disproportionately poor and Black. But here’s the thing: damage from flooding is the most preventable of all natural disasters: moving to higher ground is a proven solution to flood damage. But a lot of factors, like money, history and human nature, make relocation complicated. On this podcast episode, we explore why flooding is such a challenging problem and how cities are adapting. A climate scientist explains how warmer temperatures increase extreme flood risk (it’s the atmospheric sponge effect!) We’ll learn why America’s approach to preventing flooding has backfired and how Tulsa, Oklahoma has bucked the trend – going from one of the most flood prone cities in the country to one of the most flood resistant. And the mayor of an historic town settled by recently freed Black people will explain why relocating out of the flood zone isn’t a simple choice.

Podcast Guests:

Daniel Swain, climate scientist at UCLA and the National Center for Atmospheric Research, WeatherWest on YouTube 

Tim Palmer, author of “Seek Higher Ground: The Natural Solution to our Urgent Flooding Crisis” 

Joseph Kralicek, executive director, Tulsa Area Emergency Management Agency 

Bobbie Jones, mayor of Princeville, North Carolina</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/3b46d877-105f-497a-abeb-e9461b000e05</link>
      <guid>3b46d877105f-497a-abeb-e9461b000e05</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/74664caf-1018-445f-9555-fd0eddcb7062/MA006431.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=3b46d877-105f-497a-abeb-e9461b000e05" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 15 Apr 2024 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3238</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:image href="https://assets.byub.org/images/34c998a3-6ce8-4078-9ff6-9aca14db28c8/3000x3000.jpg"/>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2024</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>14</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ending Homelessness in America Feels Impossible. Is It?</title>
      <description>There are more people homeless in America today than at any other time in the last 17 years. Those numbers might have gotten a lot worse during the pandemic were it not for millions of dollars in federal funds for emergency housing. That money’s all dried up now. In the early 2000s, many of these cities adopted “10-year plans to end homelessness,” buoyed by a push from the White House. But that hasn’t happened. Ending homelessness in America feels impossible. Is It? 

In this podcast episode, we talk to someone who experienced homelessness in Denver and now works to solve it. We also talk to the man leading successful efforts to solve homelessness in Houston, a researcher who&apos;s studied why we aren&apos;t building more housing, and a tech philanthropist in San Francisco with an innovative approach to the problem. 

Podcast Guests: 
Cuica Montoya, senior director of homelessness programs at the Colorado Village Collaborative 

Marc Eichenbaum, special assistant to the mayor for homelessness initiative in Houston

Katherine Levine Einstein, professor of political science at Boston University

Elizabeth Funk, founder and CEO of DignityMoves</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/820f345d-7b85-44ee-b29b-4b884577aed0</link>
      <guid>820f345d7b85-44ee-b29b-4b884577aed0</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/0a660b07-3674-43f5-b0bc-d6640d9997a2/MA013706.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=820f345d-7b85-44ee-b29b-4b884577aed0" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Apr 2024 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3231</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:image href="https://assets.byub.org/images/336137ca-54a5-46db-8448-f40b99f75091/3000x3000.jpg"/>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2024</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>13</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Open, Partisan or Closed Primaries – The Quest to Fix Primary Elections</title>
      <description>Nearly a dozen states have active campaigns to move away from partisan or closed primaries, motivated by a frustration among many voters that the way parties choose nominees in high-stakes elections is broken. By the time most of us cast a ballot in a Presidential Primary, it feels like a pointless exercise: earlier states have already winnowed the field to a clear front-runner. No wonder turnout for primary elections is so low! 

But here’s the thing: In 2020, the majority of Congressional and state legislative seats in the US were decided in the primary; because voting districts have been gerrymandered to favor one party so heavily, whoever wins that party&apos;s primary sails to victory in the general. Why don&apos;t more of us vote in primaries? Does weakening the power of political parties to control who runs and who votes in a primary election improve turnout and engagement? 
In this episode of the Top of Mind podcast, we explore the origins of primary elections and variation between states. We speak with an incumbent politician who got “primaried” by a more extreme challenger; and a moderate candidate who’s struggled to win in a closed primary system. Then we talk to an activist for open primaries and ranked-choice voting to learn the limits of primary elections reform. 

Podcast Guests:
Doug Goodman, founder of Nevadans for Election Reform

Rob Boatright, professor of political science at Clark University

Nick Bain, former member of the Mississippi State House of Representative

Becky Edwards, former Utah state legislator and founder of Governing Group PAC</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/f90f226d-1ea7-4d75-a147-f73b4b8e6a6f</link>
      <guid>f90f226d1ea7-4d75-a147-f73b4b8e6a6f</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/baa40534-42c1-49c9-8cf7-d9f2a4883731/MA026256.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=f90f226d-1ea7-4d75-a147-f73b4b8e6a6f" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 01 Apr 2024 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3245</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:image href="https://assets.byub.org/images/d77aa516-5874-427c-855d-f262268386eb/3000x3000.jpg"/>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2024</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>12</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Teen Mental Health in America is Getting Worse. What Can We Do About It?</title>
      <description>Overall mental health among Americans - young and old - took a nose-dive during the pandemic. But the trend among teens has been worrisome for at least a decade now. Starting around 2012, suicide overtook homicide as a leading cause of death among 15-19 year-olds. In the most recent big survey of high schoolers the CDC does every few years, a quarter of students said they&apos;d seriously considered suicide. Nearly half reported feeling persistently sad or hopeless. One thing is clear: Teen mental health in America is getting worse. What can we do about it? Let&apos;s look at three areas for possible intervention for teens in crisis. A lot of doctors and families recognize that medication is often an effective part of mental health treatment. But others worry that we&apos;re too quick to jump to prescription medications - particularly for teens. We&apos;ll tackle the role of sleep: two-thirds of American teens are chronically sleep-deprived. We&apos;ll look at the effects of social media, which seems like an obvious culprit - but outright banning it could actually make things worse for some teens.

Podcast Guests:
Brooke Siem, author of “May Cause Side Effects”

Dr. Khadijah Booth Watkins, child and adolescent psychiatrist and associate director of the Clay Center for Young Health Minds at Massachusetts General Hospital

Lisa L. Lewis, author of “The Sleep-Deprived Teen: Why Our Teenagers Are So Tired, and How Parents and Schools Can Help Them Thrive” 

Sarah Coyne, professor of human development at Brigham Young University</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/fd243ae4-3ded-4d3d-84a0-eef38f3891e6</link>
      <guid>fd243ae43ded-4d3d-84a0-eef38f3891e6</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/d6e7c8f6-3b01-4b1a-972b-163ee9a0dece/MA026683.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=fd243ae4-3ded-4d3d-84a0-eef38f3891e6" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 25 Mar 2024 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3238</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:image href="https://assets.byub.org/images/9d2bd111-6db9-4a05-8986-a5d332b956b2/3000x3000.jpg"/>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2024</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>11</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>My Life Is Great. Why Am I Not Happy? A Personal Conversation with Life Reinvention Coach Karin Freeland</title>
      <description>Our “Stick With It” series on the Top of Mind podcast continues with Karin Freeland, host of the podcast “Rock Your Reinvention” and author of the book “Grab Life By the Dreams.” Before Freeland was a life reinvention coach, she was a successful sales executive climbing the corporate ladder, buying designer bags and driving a Benz. And she was miserable. But she couldn’t bring herself to look at the real reasons why, until a series of deaths in the family. While in mourning, she was finally willing to openly and humbly consider why she was so unhappy with a life that included all the hallmarks of the American Dream – marriage, children, work and wealth. In this episode, Karin Freeland shares what she learned from that Stick With It moment and how it led to her new career as a life reinvention coach, author and podcaster. 

The Top of Mind podcast would love to hear your Stick With It story. Can you think of a time when you felt your perspective or worldview challenged and, instead of getting defensive, you chose to lean into the discomfort – and you’re glad you did? Email your story to topofmind@byu.edu.

Podcast Guest: 
Karin Freeland, life reinvention coach, host of the podcast “Rock Your Reinvention,” author of “Grab Life By the Dreams”</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/1028ba35-746f-41cb-84f3-e8f3a2f60bb3</link>
      <guid>1028ba35746f-41cb-84f3-e8f3a2f60bb3</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/eadcf011-dafb-4955-b12f-df2843df939d/MA001980.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=1028ba35-746f-41cb-84f3-e8f3a2f60bb3" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 18 Mar 2024 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>1589</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:image href="https://assets.byub.org/images/1d7bf82b-574a-48bd-9a79-db76ea04a60c/3000x3000.jpg"/>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2024</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>10</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Dealing with a Disappointing Diagnosis, featuring Carolyn Cohen of “Wellness While Walking”</title>
      <description>Our “Stick With It” series on the Top of Mind podcast continues with a story from health coach Carolyn Cohen, host of the podcast “Wellness While Walking.” Cohen grew up with strict dietary rules that she eagerly rejected when she left home. In time, she and her children experienced health problems that caused Cohen to reconsider her approach to food and wellness. She embraced a healthier lifestyle and became a certified health coach to help others make small choices to improve their wellness. 
After all her hard work and careful attention to wellness, Cohen was shocked and demoralized to get a diagnosis of pre-diabetes. In this Stick With It episode of the podcast, Cohen shares how – after a period of heavy denial – she mustered the humility and curiosity to learn what changes she needed to make for her health. By leaning into the discomfort of that moment, she gained new insights that improved her wellness and inspired her to create her own podcast called “Wellness While Walking.”

The Top of Mind podcast would love to hear your Stick With It story. Can you think of a time when you felt your perspective or worldview challenged and, instead of getting defensive, you chose to lean into the discomfort – and you’re glad you did? Email your story to topofmind@byu.edu.

Podcast Guest: 
Carolyn Cohen, health coach and host of the Wellness While Walking podcast</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/7ee8bdbd-8d86-47bb-aa64-a24b0963adbd</link>
      <guid>7ee8bdbd8d86-47bb-aa64-a24b0963adbd</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/85d436fd-d3c3-4ffd-a83c-a6e2cf8fbd26/MA013372.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=7ee8bdbd-8d86-47bb-aa64-a24b0963adbd" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 11 Mar 2024 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>1760</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:image href="https://assets.byub.org/images/d3805568-cd0c-4a5f-a44a-d8cc09d37afb/3000x3000.jpg"/>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2024</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>9</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Tipping Culture is Changing. Here’s What You Need to Know</title>
      <description>We’re being asked to tip more – and in more places – than ever before in America. And surveys show we’re annoyed and confused by “tipflation” and “tipcreep.” What are the rules in this new tipping culture? How much is expected when you’re ordering food at the counter and that screen pops up asking for a tip? What’s that money for? And is it okay not to tip in those cases? 

In this episode of Top of Mind, we’ll explain why tipping culture is changing in America and what it suggests about us, as a society. Because it’s not just about the money. It’s about how we value the people doing really personal things for us; people who are often strangers of a different social status. We’ll hear from both sides of the counter – a confused customer and a food service worker who’s spent her entire career working for tips. We’ll meet the owner of a pizza restaurant in Brooklyn who tried to eliminate tips and failed. And the researcher known as “America’s tipping expert” will explain the perfect storm that led to this tipping point and what to do next time you’re asked to tip.

Podcast Guests:
Matt Johnson, Top of Mind listener from Texas

Jaime Wilson, behind-the-counter worker, food blogger and self-employed baker

Mike Fadem, owner and founder of Ops and Leo, pizzerias in Brooklyn, New York and drummer for The Jealous Girlfriends

Michael Lynn, professor of consumer behavior and services marketing at the Cornell University School of Hotel Administration</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/87ac8085-bd30-4313-b754-7f650474924c</link>
      <guid>87ac8085bd30-4313-b754-7f650474924c</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/1cfc43a5-3378-4604-849e-e55170915b40/MA014284.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=87ac8085-bd30-4313-b754-7f650474924c" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 04 Mar 2024 07:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3241</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:image href="https://assets.byub.org/images/1fa30f87-baca-4dfe-9618-772ce10fc78e/3000x3000.jpg"/>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2024</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>8</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>An Explosion of Union Activity in the US and What it Means</title>
      <description>The US is experiencing an unusual spike in union activity. Younger workers are organizing in workplaces that have not traditionally been unionized. Established unions are staging historic strikes and securing significant concessions from employers – including items beyond the traditional scope of labor negotiations. Public support for unions is at its highest level in nearly 60 years. So, organized labor is having a moment. Why? And what might it mean for the future of labor in America? 

In this podcast episode, we look at the role of income inequality, inflation, the pandemic and GenZ attitudes toward labor to explain this unique moment in union activity. We talk with labor organizers at Starbucks and Stanford to understand why young people are turning to unions to meet their needs. And we speak with a veteran labor leader and contract negotiator about how established unions are adapting to new kinds of demands from workers in this moment. We also consider the opportunity this moment offers for employees and employers in the US to embrace a more collaborative approach to work in America. One option we explore in-detail is the historic labor management partnership between Kaiser Permanente and its employee unions. 

Podcast Guests:
Thomas Kochan, professor emeritus at the MIT Sloan School of Management and the Institute for Work and Employment Research.

Amanda Rivera, Starbucks shift supervisor and labor organizer for Starbucks Workers United.

Thom Chaffee, fourth year Ph.D. worker and bargaining committee representative for the Stanford Graduate Workers Union.

Gaylan Prescott, director of District 12 for the United Steelworkers</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/d0d47936-5b30-4ae5-adc1-c32305de0d95</link>
      <guid>d0d479365b30-4ae5-adc1-c32305de0d95</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/9f5ee9f5-ca29-4a83-9fa7-729992fe4cc5/MA021929.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=d0d47936-5b30-4ae5-adc1-c32305de0d95" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 26 Feb 2024 07:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3237</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:image href="https://assets.byub.org/images/7a14613c-88b8-4593-a08b-9ce50ff53627/3000x3000.jpg"/>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2024</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>7</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Finding Empathy in the Abortion Debate with listener Heidi Thorpe</title>
      <description>Our “Stick With It” series on the Top of Mind podcast continues with a story from one of our listeners, Heidi Thorpe. In 2022, she set out to better understand views that differ from her own on abortion and began reading the stories of women who’d chosen to end a pregnancy. Those stories took on new meaning when Thorpe found herself unintentionally pregnant and overwhelmed at the prospect of a fourth child. Finding empathy with those women was uncomfortable for Thorpe, but also led to a profound shift in how she thinks about the issue of abortion and what communities can do to support women facing unexpected – or unwanted – pregnancies. 

The Top of Mind podcast would love to hear your Stick With It story. Can you think of a time when you felt your perspective or worldview challenged and, instead of getting defensive, you chose to lean into the discomfort – and you’re glad you did? Email your story to topofmind@byu.edu.

Podcast Guest: 
Heidi Thorpe is a member of The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints, a 3practices circle leader, and a Birthing From Within mentor.</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/efa38bd5-c1e1-499a-92de-c7db112c994a</link>
      <guid>efa38bd5c1e1-499a-92de-c7db112c994a</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/768ef012-dd43-420a-8ee7-cb34af3aee60/MA025245.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=efa38bd5-c1e1-499a-92de-c7db112c994a" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 19 Feb 2024 07:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>1446</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:image href="https://assets.byub.org/images/078f7470-c773-4754-b5a6-64c6e6fe57cf/3000x3000.jpg"/>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2024</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>6</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Is Government Transparency Essential in a Democracy?</title>
      <description>Government transparency is a basic tenet of American democracy. But the US Constitution was drafted in total secrecy and the founders believed they couldn’t have done the job otherwise. When is openness best in a democracy, and when does the cost outweigh the benefit? In this podcast episode we hear the case for more openness from a citizen who used public records law to hold a state university accountable. A political historian explains how the founding fathers justified drafting the Constitution in secret and how that shaped the form of democracy the US has today. We also speak with elected legislators from three different states grappling with the best way to balance the financial and logistical challenges of making government records open to the public. The lawmakers also differ in how much of their own email and text communication should be open to the public. A political scientist who’s studied transparency in democracy describes how openness can empower special interest groups and make political gridlock worse. We discuss systemic solutions that could make government transparency work better for all Americans. 

Podcast Guests: 
Anne Mabry, citizen activist and retired professor of English at New Jersey City University

Katlyn Carter, professor of history at Notre Dame, author of “Democracy in Darkness: Secrecy and Transparency in the Age of Revolutions”

Washington State Representative Peter Abbarno

Arizona State Senator John Kavanagh

Arkansas Senate President Pro Tem Bart Hester

Bruce Cain, professor of political science at Stanford University, author of “Democracy More or Less: America’s Political Reform Quandary”</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/e16c8a78-8df4-4be5-a583-1f2d680a6803</link>
      <guid>e16c8a788df4-4be5-a583-1f2d680a6803</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/07cf9013-93f3-4243-8447-8e9c1f6754a7/MA023710.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=e16c8a78-8df4-4be5-a583-1f2d680a6803" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 12 Feb 2024 07:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3244</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:image href="https://assets.byub.org/images/a7bacd87-ed4d-4329-92c1-aad20cfb0fef/3000x3000.jpg"/>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2024</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>5</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How American Boys and Men Are Falling Behind — And What We Can Do to Help Them</title>
      <description>In the US, women and girls now outperform men and boys at every level of education. Boys are less likely to graduate from high school, enroll in college or finish college. Men are more likely to die by suicide, and they aren&apos;t participating in the labor market as much as they used to either. In the last forty years, American society has made concerted efforts to boost opportunities for women and girls. That job is not finished, so when we talk about gender inequality in America, it makes sense that the conversations tend to be about women. But American boys and men are falling behind. Have we accidentally overlooked their struggles? Today on Top of Mind, we&apos;re looking at a few of the issues facing modern men and boys, and how to help them. We talk to a program director working with boys of color in Baltimore, an economist who’s studied what it means for boys to be raised in single parent households at a record rate, an academic who’s been following these trends for years, and the founder of a nonprofit with an unusual approach to supporting men in their mental health struggles.

Podcast Guests:
Cameron Miles, founder and director of Mentoring Male Teens in the Hood in Baltimore

Melissa Kearney, professor of economics at the University of Maryland and author of The Two-Parent Privilege: How the Decline in Marriage has Increased Inequality and Lowered Social Mobility, and What We Can Do About It

Richard Reeves, president of the American Institute for Boys and Men and author of Of Boys and Men: Why the Modern Male is Struggling, Why it Matters, and What to Do About It

Mark Meier, executive director of The Face It Foundation in Minneapolis</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/489ceb8c-0d94-4876-ac65-abcdb0057c6e</link>
      <guid>489ceb8c0d94-4876-ac65-abcdb0057c6e</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/ef348d15-bfd5-4922-999e-84adf782ddc3/MA007858.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=489ceb8c-0d94-4876-ac65-abcdb0057c6e" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 05 Feb 2024 07:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3244</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:image href="https://assets.byub.org/images/6f27048c-64bf-4727-8195-dfdcdfa33b18/3000x3000.jpg"/>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2024</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>4</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Many Students Lack Motivation to Learn. What Can We do?</title>
      <description>America’s students are struggling. Chronic absenteeism has doubled from pre-pandemic numbers. Districts are implementing grading floors to soften the sting of failure. Grade inflation is widespread. Many students seem to have lost the motivation to learn, and traditional systems of grading and ranking aren’t helping. What’s wrong with the A-F grading system? Should school just do away with grades entirely? What interventions work to get kids back in classrooms more consistently? In this podcast episode, a high school teacher shares how she changed grading in her classroom to better engage her students and an historian explains why grades are a “can’t live with ‘em can’t live without ‘em” conundrum. We also speak with a coach who works with students that struggle with motivation because they lack executive function skills and a leading expert on chronic absenteeism explains why so many kids are missing school these days and what we can do about it. 

Guests: 
Sarah Schopfer, 11th and 12th grade English teacher, Colfax High School

Jack Schneider, professor of education and director of the Center for Education Policy at the University of Massachusetts-Amherst, co-author of “Off the Mark: How Grades, Ratings and Rankings Undermine Learning But Don’t Have To” 

Seth Perler, executive function, ADHD, and 2e coach

Hedy Chang, founder and executive director of Attendance Works</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/bfcad6ba-4c6f-4ece-b263-9e5a330ca6ea</link>
      <guid>bfcad6ba4c6f-4ece-b263-9e5a330ca6ea</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/1744ebaa-3c14-495e-8d51-06a326b548d2/MA020128.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=bfcad6ba-4c6f-4ece-b263-9e5a330ca6ea" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 29 Jan 2024 07:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3244</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:image href="https://assets.byub.org/images/2c06079e-dd3b-421c-bffa-a018fa63a384/3000x3000.jpg"/>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2024</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>3</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Understanding Political News Bias with Isaac Saul, founder of Tangle</title>
      <description>Our “Stick With It” series on the Top of Mind podcast continues with journalist Isaac Saul, founder of the daily political newsletter Tangle. He talks about why it’s so hard to find unbiased political news and what news consumers can do about it. He also shares a “Stick With It” story about moderating a conversation between two guests with opposing views on the Israel/Hamas conflict that got so heated one of the guests demanded Tangle not release the interview. What happened next strengthened Saul’s belief in the power of tough conversations.
Tangle, started by Saul in 2019 to tackle political news bias, covers one big news story every day, with a summary of the facts and a collection of perspectives from across the political spectrum. Saul was inspired to create it after growing frustrated by the pressure media outlets face to adopt an ideological slant so they get more clicks and web traffic.
The Top of Mind podcast would love to hear your Stick With It story. Can you think of a time when you felt your perspective or worldview  challenged and, instead of getting defensive, you
chose to lean into the discomfort – and you’re glad you did? Email your story to topofmind@byu.edu.&quot;

Podcast Guest:
Isaac Saul, founder of Tangle</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/666d6afc-cd92-480d-985e-b75e36d08d6a</link>
      <guid>666d6afccd92-480d-985e-b75e36d08d6a</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/487eff30-c848-4d18-ac86-76b0753cfa99/MA010905.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=666d6afc-cd92-480d-985e-b75e36d08d6a" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 22 Jan 2024 07:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>2000</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:image href="https://assets.byub.org/images/8c5651e1-1c96-4075-b9f6-91b7285ceed5/3000x3000.jpg"/>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2024</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>2</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Is Perspective-Taking the Key to Overcoming Polarization?</title>
      <description>Why is it so hard to see things from a perspective other than our own? Our perspectives are shaped by our life experiences and our biology – some people are color-blind, for example. As a result of these differences, no two people see the world in exactly the same way. And yet, when it comes to differences of opinion on issues that we really care about, we are quick to demand that everyone else see things the way we do. Psychologists call the ability to see from a different vantage point “perspective taking.” Is perspective-taking the key to overcoming polarization in society? In this podcast episode, we learn how our brains are wired to process information differently – some think in words, others pictures. We get practical tips on how to practice perspective-taking during difficult conversations. And, we learn about the potential pitfalls of focusing only on developing empathy to bridge differences, because some empathy leads to helping, some does not. 

Podcast Guests:
Temple Grandin, professor of animal science at Colorado State University and author of “Visual Thinking: The Hidden Gifts of People who Think in Pictures, Patterns and Abstractions,” “Different Kinds of Minds” and “Thinking in Pictures: My Life with Autism”

Monica Guzman, senior fellow at Braver Angels, host of A Braver Way podcast, and author of “I Never Thought of It That Way: How to Have Fearlessly Curious Conversations in Dangerously Divided Times”

Alison Jane Martingano, professor of psychology at University of Wisconsin-Green Bay, empathy researcher, host of “Psychology and Stuff” podcast</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/ca324bd2-aea2-4920-a290-d0b28b2f7ce2</link>
      <guid>ca324bd2aea2-4920-a290-d0b28b2f7ce2</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/5ff17b27-2448-4b59-9805-b2aeaffeb5ee/MA021243.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=ca324bd2-aea2-4920-a290-d0b28b2f7ce2" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 15 Jan 2024 07:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3253</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:image href="https://assets.byub.org/images/b4c22283-5726-4ddb-9066-a5aed309b179/3000x3000.jpg"/>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2024</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>1</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>An Inside Look at Perspectives that Challenged the Top of Mind Team this Season</title>
      <description>We’ve spent the last several months on Top of Mind assessing the assumptions that drive our decisions. And we hope you’ve had a few “Stick With It Moments” as you’ve heard a perspective that challenged you, but you chose to stay open and curious – and keep listening! And hopefully that’s been good practice for “sticking with it” when you encounter challenging perspectives in your daily life. Because leaning into that discomfort leads to new empathy, more clarity on complicated issues, and a better ability to advocate for the things you really care about. While we’re producing the podcast, we have Stick With It moments, too. So in this podcast episode to wrap up Season 4, our host Julie Rose talks with the Top of Mind team about moments that challenged them in recent episodes about adoption, end-of-life decisions, immigration, police reform and political disagreement. 

Have you had a Stick With It moment listening to an episode of Top of Mind? We’d love to hear it. Email your story to topofmind@byu.edu.

Podcast Guests:
Top of Mind producers Samuel Benson, Alayna Beck, Vanessa Goodman, Amber Mortensen, and James Hoopes.</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/b473a655-b2f2-4892-9c99-4b2b4307284a</link>
      <guid>b473a655b2f2-4892-9c99-4b2b4307284a</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/fc0197b0-4877-421c-b551-888316880006/MA018998.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=b473a655-b2f2-4892-9c99-4b2b4307284a" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 11 Dec 2023 07:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>2779</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:image href="https://assets.byub.org/images/17a2c681-1b36-4f68-87bc-1566555feb00/3000x3000.jpg"/>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2023</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>35</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How Native Americans are Reclaiming Their Narrative</title>
      <description>More than three-quarters of Americans say they know little to nothing about Native Americans. Nearly the same percentage also say they rarely or never encounter any kind of information about Native peoples. What Americans DO know about Native Americans likely comes from inaccurate history lessons that keep tribes situated in the past. Or maybe from the antiquated characterizations in Hollywood films and TV shows. But a new wave of research, activism, and representation is changing the conversation; Native Americans are reclaiming their narrative. So today, what assumptions do non-Native people in America have about Native Americans, past and present? In this episode of the podcast, we talk to a former teacher and curriculum designer about bringing contemporary Native American history into the classroom through the arts, a researcher and media consultant about the consequences of invisibility, a reconciliation advisor about healing from appropriation, and a former elected tribal leader about the importance of strengthening Tribal sovereignty.

Podcast Guests:
Brenda Beyal, program facilitator of BYU ARTS Partnership Native American Curriculum Initiative  

Crystal Echo Hawk, president, CEO, and founder of IllumiNative; co-leader of the Reclaiming Narrative Truth project

Adrienne Benjamin, multifaceted artist, educator, and reconciliation advisor to companies including Minnetonka

Wayne Ducheneaux, founding and former executive director of the Native Governance Center and former Cheyenne River Sioux tribal council member</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/314b2775-b62b-4bf0-bbfe-a437395aa19f</link>
      <guid>314b2775b62b-4bf0-bbfe-a437395aa19f</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/f92e2cdc-c305-4fb0-b7a9-1497c2110fee/MA005366.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=314b2775-b62b-4bf0-bbfe-a437395aa19f" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 04 Dec 2023 07:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3171</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:image href="https://assets.byub.org/images/f903042e-377d-4823-9cf9-2c4292824281/3000x3000.jpg"/>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2023</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>34</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Immigration and America&apos;s Labor Shortage – Are Guestworkers the Solution?</title>
      <description>America is aging and many industries say they need more immigrant workers to do lower-skilled jobs Americans don’t want. Are they right? If so, how should we be looking at immigration and America’s labor shortage to find those solutions? And if immigration is not the answer, how will we fill the growing number of open positions in industries like healthcare and construction? In this episode of the podcast, we’re reframing the debate about immigration, with a closer look at short-term migration. We tend to think of immigration as being exclusively a permanent thing, but development economist Lant Pritchett says most immigration is intended to be rotational. Could immigration work better for America – and for the people who want to come here – if we significantly expand guestworker programs? We explore the history of guestworkers in the US, speak to someone who’s worked in America on an H-2A farmworker visa and consider the risks of expanding that program without significant reform. We hear about the need for better enforcement of existing immigration laws and border security. And we consider a proposal to meet America’s labor needs without more immigration. 

Podcast Guests:
Bill Lowe, CEO of Chicago Methodist Senior Services

Lant Pritchett, visiting professor at the London School of Economics, co-founder of Labor Mobility Partnerships

Rebekah Smith, co-founder and executive director of Labor Mobility Partnerships

Joe Martinez, co-founder and executive director of CIERTO Global

Hector Benjamin Xoc Xar, former H2A visa worker from Guatemala

Oren Cass, executive director of American Compass, author of &quot;Once and Future Worker: A Vision for the Renewal of Work in America&quot;</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/07945cdd-f3f6-437d-b749-c591267623b0</link>
      <guid>07945cddf3f6-437d-b749-c591267623b0</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/cf0a9bf6-f930-4071-bcfc-9a74e079b510/MA001044.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=07945cdd-f3f6-437d-b749-c591267623b0" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 27 Nov 2023 07:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3209</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:image href="https://assets.byub.org/images/9b31fcea-5229-47f3-a7bc-415a039732d4/3000x3000.jpg"/>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2023</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>33</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Hidden Cost of Fines and Fees</title>
      <description>Fines and fees have become the default way we punish people in America; deterrence is the ultimate goal, but do fines actually deter bad behavior? Often the consequences of fines and fees are not felt equally, because what’s expensive to you might be pocket change to me. Still, the overdue book or speeding ticket costs the same for both of us. In this podcast episode, we interview a library advocate and former library director who successfully eliminated fines at his library. We also share the story of a man who struggled with traffic fines which led to 15 years of license suspensions. A former judge and advocate for reforming fines and fees shares how her organization is aiming to reduce the negative consequences of monetary penalties. And a behavioral economist who conducted one of the most famous experiments on fines discusses the many ways financial penalties can backfire, if we’re not careful.

Podcast Guests:
Peter Bromberg, associate director for EveryLibrary and former executive director of the Salt Lake City Public Library

Fernando Martinez Jr., board member for the Texas Fair Defense Project 

Lisa Foster, co-executive director for the Fines and Fees Justice Center, former director of the Office for Access to Justice at the U.S. Department of Justice, and former California Supreme Court Judge

Uri Gneezy, behavioral economist, professor in the Rady School of Manage at UC San Diego, and author of “Mixed Signals: How Incentives Really Work”</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/6da45ccb-d5cd-4f9e-8216-7492cab30453</link>
      <guid>6da45ccbd5cd-4f9e-8216-7492cab30453</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/15d80f5e-22d1-43f1-83a4-741400982c4c/MA011634.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=6da45ccb-d5cd-4f9e-8216-7492cab30453" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 20 Nov 2023 07:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3170</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:image href="https://assets.byub.org/images/5d431705-dec1-4138-af62-b881e66f0a31/3000x3000.jpg"/>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2023</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>32</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Stick With It Stories: Monica Guzman of Braver Angels on the Power of Curiosity to Bridge Divides</title>
      <description>Our “Stick With It” series on the Top of Mind podcast continues with Monica Guzman, senior fellow at Braver Angels, host of A Braver Way podcast and author of “I Never Thought of It That Way: How to Have Fearlessly Curious Conversations in Dangerously Divided Times.” Guzman (a liberal) describes how countless political conversations with her parents (who voted for Trump twice) helped her understand the power of curiosity to bridge differences and reduce polarization. In this podcast conversation, Monica Guzman shares practical tips, starting with asking ourselves “What am I missing?” when we encounter a perspective that challenges us. “Certainty is the arch-villain of curiosity,” says Guzman. “Curiosity gets sparked at the gap between what you know and what you want to know. Asking ‘What am I missing?’ acknowledges the fact that in most cases you are probably missing something. So it gets your mind to get curious about the gaps that it’s refusing to see.” 

Top of Mind would love to hear your Stick With It story. Can you think of a time when you felt your perspective or worldview challenged and, instead of getting defensive, you chose to lean into the discomfort – and you’re glad you did? Email your story to topofmind@byu.edu.</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/0d90eb43-dffb-4481-8c57-2e9241907b15</link>
      <guid>0d90eb43dffb-4481-8c57-2e9241907b15</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/b5976e28-7549-4531-8ef2-0740dbdbc90e/MA001704.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=0d90eb43-dffb-4481-8c57-2e9241907b15" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 13 Nov 2023 07:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>2153</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2023</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>31</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Stick With It Stories: Monica Packer of &quot;About Progress&quot; on Coping With Criticism That Feels Personal</title>
      <description>Our “Stick With It” series on the Top of Mind podcast continues with Monica Packer, a personal growth coach and host of the popular About Progress podcast and Instagram community @aboutprogress. Packer’s professional and personal focus is choosing progress over the paralysis of perfectionism. Starting a blog and podcast were part of Packer’s personal commitment to trying new things. But it also opened her up to criticism that felt personal. She talks about choosing to lean into the opportunity to better understand a rejection from someone she respected. Over the course of many emails and one memorable phone conversation, Packer says she realized that while her critic had been making stereotypical assumptions about her, she was doing much the same thing toward him. Sticking with the discomfort of those conversations helped her understand the criticism was not as personal as she’d initially thought, and gave her confidence to continue being vulnerable on the podcast. 

Top of Mind would love to hear your Stick With It story. Can you think of a time when you felt your perspective or worldview challenged and, instead of getting defensive, you chose to lean into the discomfort – and you’re glad you did? Email your story to topofmind@byu.edu.</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/53a8debb-70fe-4c47-a526-df5ede18c11e</link>
      <guid>53a8debb70fe-4c47-a526-df5ede18c11e</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/0cbf3e41-ebdc-410a-ae92-20887357fa61/MA008983.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=53a8debb-70fe-4c47-a526-df5ede18c11e" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 06 Nov 2023 07:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>1486</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2023</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>30</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>We Don&apos;t Agree on America&apos;s Founding Story. Do We Need To?</title>
      <description>Americans struggle to agree on even the most basic parts of America’s founding story. Some say it was divine intervention. Others, a scheme to profit off slavery, or simply a pursuit of freedom. Can we ever really agree on national narrative? Do we even need to? People are complicated and so is history. But when it comes to national narratives and founding stories, we tend to assume only one story can be right - and it&apos;s the version that most aligns with our own feelings about America. Simplicity might not be necessary, though. Can a founding story be complicated and contradictory and still do its job? In this podcast episode, a professor of classics recounts how the myth of Romulus and Remus laid a narrative foundation for the rise of the Roman empire. A history scholar explores America’s unique need for a founding story and traces the contributions of George Bancroft, William Gilmore Simms and Frederick Douglass. And a history curriculum designer encourages us to think differently about teaching American history and the nation’s narrative. 

Podcast Guests:
Peter Meineck, Professor of Classics in the Modern World at New York University 

Colin Woodard, Director of the Nationhood Lab at the Pell Center at Salve Regina University, and author of “Union: The Struggle to Forage the Story of the United States”

Abby Reisman, Associate Professor of Teacher Education at the University of Pennsylvania</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/80a07404-5fd7-42d2-aeb1-9667e0b04a67</link>
      <guid>80a074045fd7-42d2-aeb1-9667e0b04a67</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/0d48a9c7-bf51-4afb-a7b8-9c09da0da8dd/MA013559.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=80a07404-5fd7-42d2-aeb1-9667e0b04a67" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 30 Oct 2023 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3170</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:image href="https://assets.byub.org/images/af5c4bbd-8e1b-4a0f-afa4-068cbd99bd58/3000x3000.jpg"/>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2023</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>29</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Who Owns Our Cultural Heritage? — Museums, Repatriation, and Appropriation</title>
      <description>Who should decide how the stories and artifacts of a cultural heritage are shared with the world? For a long time, the assumption has been that as long as culture’s stories are told, it doesn’t matter who’s telling them. But who would you trust to tell your story? Museums of human civilization and culture are at the center of this conversation. Some are returning antiquities taken by colonial force. Others are consulting with indigenous communities to reframe the stories exhibits tell. But what’s lost when museum’s make the question “Who owns this cultural artifact?” their primary focus? In this episode of the podcast, we visit the famed Pitt Rivers Museum in Oxford to understand how 19th century ideas of white European superiority are perpetuated in modern museums. We speak with a prominent skeptic of repatriation who believes it undermines the power of museums to help us understand history and our place in it. We also hear a story of spiritual healing prompted by the return of Native American items by a small museum in Massachusetts. And then we make the issue modern and personal with a conversation about what cultural appropriation looks like in daily life and how we can appreciate, rather than appropriate. 

Podcast Guests:
Marenka Thompson-Odlum, PhD, Research Curator, Pitt Rivers Museum at the University of Oxford

Tiffany Jenkins, journalist and author of “Keeping Their Marbles: How the Treasures of the Past Ended Up in Museums and Why They Should Stay There”

Ann E. Meilus Esq., President of the Barre Museum Association

Manny Iron Hawk, member of the Lakota Nation; Spokesperson for HAWK (Heartbeat at Wounded Knee) 1890 Survivor Descendants society
Renee Iron Hawk, member of the Lakota Nation; Secretary for HAWK 1890 Survivor Descendants society

Mia Moody-Ramirez, PhD Chair of Journalism, Public Relations &amp; New Media, Baylor University College of Arts &amp; Sciences</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/b9828cb7-b367-447f-b362-ed0f3b35c365</link>
      <guid>b9828cb7b367-447f-b362-ed0f3b35c365</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/f3e58f2c-9df8-4d0c-b401-78a9609d5742/MA019505.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=b9828cb7-b367-447f-b362-ed0f3b35c365" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 23 Oct 2023 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3170</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:image href="https://assets.byub.org/images/ffb93327-1949-4d4f-bf8e-16ae66615f8b/3000x3000.jpg"/>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2023</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>28</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Why Do We Insist on Proper English — and What Does That Say About Us?</title>
      <description>What&apos;s that one thing about how people speak English that gets on your nerves? When people say “like” a lot? Or say “literally” when they mean “figuratively”? We all have language pet peeves, and we may even be willing to admit that we judge people who break the rules. After all, how we talk matters. Why do we insist on proper English — and what does that say about us?

In this episode of the podcast, we speak with an English professor and College Writing Center director about the experience of code-switching and how she learned to respect &quot;Black language&quot; as something much more than slang. Then, a sociolinguist explains the constantly changing nature of the English language and why “filler words” like “um” and “like” have a role to play. And a speech expert highlights the role listeners play when communication breaks down and offers tips for better understanding those who speak English differently. 

Podcast Guests: 
Wonderful Faison, Ph.D., professor of English and head of Writing, Rhetoric, and Research Services at Jackston State University

Valerie Fridland, Ph.D., professor of Linguistics at the University of Nevada Reno and author of &quot;Like, Literally, Dude: Arguing for the Good in Bad English&quot; 

Melissa Baese-Berk, Ph.D., professor of Linguistics at the University of Chicago and director of the Speech Perception and Production Lab.</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/939e2942-1ad2-49ff-a7a1-a618709dc10d</link>
      <guid>939e29421ad2-49ff-a7a1-a618709dc10d</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/32243f1f-35f4-40ca-9045-ed4ff5fcee12/MA015535.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=939e2942-1ad2-49ff-a7a1-a618709dc10d" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 16 Oct 2023 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3171</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:image href="https://assets.byub.org/images/b140c3fe-fd51-4c98-92a4-7b3edd04f627/3000x3000.jpg"/>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2023</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>27</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Stick With It Stories: Utah Governor Spencer Cox Learns to Disagree Better</title>
      <description>Our “Stick With It” series on the Top of Mind podcast continues with several stories from Utah Governor Spencer Cox about staying open and curious during intense political disagreements. As the new chair of the National Governors Association, Cox has made “Disagree Better” his signature initiative for the year. In this podcast episode, the Republican Governor of Utah explains how engaging with political opponents (including President Joe Biden) in a civil manner has led to better outcomes for his state. He also shares the story of a time when he fell short and went viral for calling members of Congress “imbeciles.” It got him a lot of praise supporters, but Cox quickly apologized and committed to do better. The “Disagree Better” initiative aims to use the unique influence of state governors to encourage healthier approaches to conflict in American politics and public life. 

Top of Mind would love to hear your Stick With It story. Can you think of a time when you felt your perspective or worldview challenged and, instead of getting defensive, you chose to lean into the discomfort – and you’re glad you did? Email your story to topofmind@byu.edu.</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/f1c322be-364f-4ba7-b8f7-3d52335531d8</link>
      <guid>f1c322be364f-4ba7-b8f7-3d52335531d8</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/2653d737-a42f-421c-a5ef-8680c869d504/MA025476.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=f1c322be-364f-4ba7-b8f7-3d52335531d8" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 09 Oct 2023 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>1791</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2023</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>26</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Stick With It Stories: Finding Empathy in Doctrinal Disagreement</title>
      <description>Our “Stick With It” series on the Top of Mind podcast continues with a story about finding empathy in a doctrinal disagreement. McArthur Krishna is passionate about the doctrine of Heavenly Mother in the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints, because it fills her with joy and helps her to understand her own divine purpose. But her public speaking and writing on the topic have been met with intense criticism by some members of her faith. Her Stick With It story explores the moment when she realized “Oh, I’m part of the problem because I’m being dismissive.” When she got curious about the reasons others in her faith view Heavenly Mother differently, she found new empathy and clarity. 

Top of Mind would love to hear your Stick With It story. Can you think of a time when you felt your perspective or worldview challenged and, instead of getting defensive, you chose to lean into the discomfort – and you’re glad you did? Email your story to topofmind@byu.edu.</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/8c46c637-72fd-47dd-ab4d-8d98fcc6dc8f</link>
      <guid>8c46c63772fd-47dd-ab4d-8d98fcc6dc8f</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/56624c60-b39d-4b73-8e93-dd3a607541f2/MA014768.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=8c46c637-72fd-47dd-ab4d-8d98fcc6dc8f" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Sat, 30 Sep 2023 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>948</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2023</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>25</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Public Education is in Crisis. Are Elected School Boards the Problem?</title>
      <description>Ninety percent of America&apos;s kids go to public schools. But public education in America is in crisis, with test scores in every subject at their lowest point in decades. State and federal regulations have a say in what happens in schools, but most critical decisions are left to local school boards. Are elected school boards the root of the problem - or the key to a solution? Funding, facilities, busing, discipline policies, how teachers are placed in the district, and which curricula they use - all overseen by some 15,000 school boards chosen through local elections. But board members generally aren&apos;t required to have specific educational expertise - or even kids in the public school system. We are committed to democracy in this country and generally assume that electing people to make important decisions is best. How well is that working out for us when it comes to education? In this podcast episode we speak with a parent who helped recall school board members in San Francisco. We hear what it’s like to be a school board member right now and how the pandemic changed the job. And we’ll consider how the US system of selecting school boards during off-cycle elections often fails to hold boards accountable for student outcomes. 

Podcast Guests:  
Meredith Dodson, Executive Director of the San Francisco Parent Coalition  
Carrie Douglass, Co-CEO and Co-Founder of School Board Partners and School Board Member in Bend-La Pine, Oregon
Ethan Ashley, Co-CEO and Co-Founder of School Board Partners and School Board Member on the Orleans Parish School Board, New Orleans
Vladimir Kogan, professor of political science and public affairs at Ohio State University and author of the upcoming book No Adult Left Behind 

**This episode is part of Season 4 on Top of Mind: Assessing Assumptions. Could the systems we&apos;ve built to keep our communities safe and thriving work better if we weren&apos;t so set in our ways?</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/29ed58a1-41e2-458e-928f-a1677e32623a</link>
      <guid>29ed58a141e2-458e-928f-a1677e32623a</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/e27c8dcf-ecff-41a4-9080-e6ffa9118a61/MA004636.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=29ed58a1-41e2-458e-928f-a1677e32623a" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 25 Sep 2023 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3170</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:image href="https://assets.byub.org/images/74817515-bb66-45bd-b596-7d38ffeb397b/3000x3000.jpg"/>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2023</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>24</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Owning a Home is the American Dream. At What Cost?</title>
      <description>Owning a home is the American Dream. It&apos;s the ultimate symbol of a successful adulthood and the best way to build wealth in this country. Why should you pay rent to someone else when you can build equity for yourself, right? Not all countries prioritize buying a house, though; take Germany, where renting is much more common. How has the decision to prioritize homeownership in the US shaped our communities, for better or worse? And is that wealth-building mechanism really accessible to everyone who works hard and plays their cards right?

Podcast Guests: 
Kelly Phillips Erb, Philadelphia-based tax lawyer and Forbes columnist aka “The Tax Girl”

Feli from Germany, YouTuber and podcaster from Munich, Germany 

Lisa Rice, President and CEO of the National Fair Housing Alliance 

Jenny Schuetz, Senior Fellow at Brookings Metro, author of “Fixer-Upper: How to Repair America’s Broken Housing Systems”

**This episode is part of Season 4 on Top of Mind: Assessing Assumptions. Could the systems we&apos;ve built to keep our communities safe and thriving work better if we weren&apos;t so set in our ways?</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/a051d6bb-f9d2-4053-bce1-df49be6107b2</link>
      <guid>a051d6bbf9d2-4053-bce1-df49be6107b2</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/87a66994-28ff-4c30-9eb9-e24140e7bde8/MA016904.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=a051d6bb-f9d2-4053-bce1-df49be6107b2" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 18 Sep 2023 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3167</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:image href="https://assets.byub.org/images/5b52ef7a-f9ae-4e67-9570-cad3e9ce6986/3000x3000.jpg"/>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2023</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>23</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Are All Medical Treatments Safe and Effective?</title>
      <description>People often assume that medical treatments prescribed by doctors and covered by insurance are safe and effective. After all, there’s a whole government agency – the Food and Drug Administration – to ensure that very thing. But most medical drugs and devices available in the U.S. were approved by the FDA through an expedited pathway that sped up the review or required less clinical trial evidence. In this episode of the podcast, we speak with a former FDA attorney about the debate over whether the FDA should prioritize safety and effectiveness or swift access to medical innovation. We hear from a mother whose daughter urgently needed an individualized treatment only available in Italy, as well as the Right to Try advocate who assisted her. And an ER doctor explains why it’s a problem that many drugs commonly prescribed to women were only been tested on men before being approved.

Podcast Guests:
Daniel G. Aaron, MD, JD, professor of law at the University of Utah’s SJ Quinney College of Law, former assistant chief counsel at the FDA

Kendra Riley, mother “Right to Try” advocate 

Naomi Lopez, Senior Fellow at the Goldwater Institute

Alyson McGregor, MD, Professor of Emergency Medicine at the University of South Carolina’s School of Medicine Greenville, author of “Sex Matters” and “Why Women Aren’t Winning at Health (but can)”

**This episode is part of Season 4 on Top of Mind: Assessing Assumptions. Could the systems
we&apos;ve built to keep our communities safe and thriving work better if we weren&apos;t so set in our
ways?</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/01911f30-9616-48ca-b3a2-42682cceab7d</link>
      <guid>01911f309616-48ca-b3a2-42682cceab7d</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/34383423-53f8-4016-856a-8bc14fbaf8e6/MA000370.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=01911f30-9616-48ca-b3a2-42682cceab7d" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 11 Sep 2023 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3169</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:image href="https://assets.byub.org/images/68c3cb1b-b818-4f98-9e1a-096937dde910/3000x3000.jpg"/>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2023</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>22</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Stick With It Stories: How “Ye Gods!” Podcast Host Scott Carter Became a Standup Comic</title>
      <description>Our “Stick With It” series on the Top of Mind podcast continues with playwright and producer Scott Carter. He was the long-time executive producer of “Real Time with Bill Maher” on HBO and is currently producing “Love &amp; Respect with Killer Mike” on PBS. Carter is also the host of a new podcast called “Ye Gods!” where he talks with artists, actors, journalists and other public figures about the beliefs that shape their lives. In this “Stick With It” conversation, Scott Carter shares the strategies that helped him overcome fear and discomfort while becoming a standup comic. Similar strategies can help anyone learning to stay open and curious when confronted with challenging situations or perspectives. 

Top of Mind would love to hear your Stick With It story. Can you think of a time when you felt your perspective or worldview challenged and, instead of getting defensive, you chose to lean into the discomfort – and you’re glad you did? Email your story to topofmind@byu.edu.</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/6d08f5e4-667c-49cf-b75d-fa3f92bad70c</link>
      <guid>6d08f5e4667c-49cf-b75d-fa3f92bad70c</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/c60c73b1-64a2-4c14-bc20-083c8d109316/MA011566.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=6d08f5e4-667c-49cf-b75d-fa3f92bad70c" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 04 Sep 2023 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>1629</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2023</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>21</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Stick With It Stories: A Tech Entrepreneur Makes a Viral Mistake</title>
      <description>Our “Stick With It” series on the Top of Mind podcast continues with Milan Kordestani – tech entrepreneur and author of “I’m Just Saying: A Guide to Maintaining Civil Discourse in an Increasingly Divided World.” Kordestani was already preaching the importance of civil discourse when he tweeted something during the pandemic that went viral and caused him to realize he’d fallen short. He tweeted an apology and recommitted himself to approaching difficult topics with humility and curiosity. “Civil discourse doesn’t always mean agreeing or feeling comfortable,” says Kordestani. His new book, “I’m Just Saying” is a guidebook for learning to lean into the discomfort of challenging topics. 

Top of Mind would love to hear your Stick With It story. Can you think of a time when you felt your perspective or worldview challenged and, instead of getting defensive, you chose to lean into the discomfort – and you’re glad you did? Email your story to topofmind@byu.edu.</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/904fa59a-52e1-4995-ac08-e340dfac4b65</link>
      <guid>904fa59a52e1-4995-ac08-e340dfac4b65</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/2597a489-08d6-4659-b61e-7304f5ad9f31/MA015205.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=904fa59a-52e1-4995-ac08-e340dfac4b65" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 28 Aug 2023 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>1774</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2023</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>20</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Do Traffic Stops Contribute to Public Safety?</title>
      <description>Getting pulled over is the most common encounter Americans have with police, but how much do traffic stops really contribute to public safety? On a typical day, more than 50,000 of us see those flashing lights in our rearview, so we generally assume that enforcing traffic laws is an essential part of policing and public safety. Do traffic stops contribute to public safety as much as we expect? It’s clear the effects are not equal: across the nation, drivers of color are much more likely to get pulled over, and a troubling number of incidents where Black men are killed by police, start with a traffic stop. In this podcast episode, we’ll hear perspectives from both sides of the car window and explore how traffic enforcement could better ensure safety for all. 

Podcast Guests: 
Alexander Landau, founder and Director of Community Relations for Denver Justice Project.

Valerie Castile, mother of Philando Castile and President of the Philando Castile Relief Foundation.

Officer Mark Ross, St. Paul police officer and President of the St. Paul Police Federation. 

Dr. Thaddeus Johnson, Professor of Criminal Justice and Criminology at Georgia State University, Senior Fellow at the Council on Criminal Justice, and former Memphis police officer. 

**This episode is part of Season 4 on Top of Mind: Assessing Assumptions. Could the systems we&apos;ve built to keep our communities safe and thriving work better if we weren&apos;t so set in our ways?</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/786b078b-a614-4087-b92c-7e1785834081</link>
      <guid>786b078ba614-4087-b92c-7e1785834081</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/da2f12b6-32e4-4494-a896-55370f9ac831/MA012681.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=786b078b-a614-4087-b92c-7e1785834081" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 21 Aug 2023 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3170</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:image href="https://assets.byub.org/images/ef3e4a39-4d11-419e-afe9-10151fa64534/3000x3000.jpg"/>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2023</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>19</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Adoption from the Adoptee Perspective: How Can We Do Better?</title>
      <description>We tend to view adoption in America as a win-win situation: a child in crisis is placed with new, stable parents who want to build a family. Everyone is finally in a position to thrive. That narrative tends to be fairytale-like. And it doesn’t resonate with many adoptees. In this episode, we hear adoptee perspectives on adoption and how we – as a society – can do better. We talk to a domestic infant adoptee from the baby scoop era, a person adopted out of the foster care system, and an international, transracial adoptee. And what we&apos;ve come to find is that no matter when or how adoptions happen, assumptions about what&apos;s best can miss the mark. How can we do better by those impacted by the adoption process and create a system that enables children and families to thrive?

Podcast Guests: 
Julie Ryan McGue, author of Twice a Daughter 

Jamerika Haynes-Lewis, founder of Clever Jam Communications

Astrid Castro, founder and CEO of adoption Mosaic 

**This episode is part of Season 4 on Top of Mind: Assessing Assumptions. Could the systems we&apos;ve built to keep our communities safe and thriving work better if we weren&apos;t so set in our ways?</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/78423e29-ed8a-48e5-ab55-b85171b84644</link>
      <guid>78423e29ed8a-48e5-ab55-b85171b84644</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/51a49f0d-6b4e-430d-a08b-eca9fff55405/MA012665.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=78423e29-ed8a-48e5-ab55-b85171b84644" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 14 Aug 2023 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3170</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:image href="https://assets.byub.org/images/3c56f053-fefa-4293-884c-a69060da241c/3000x3000.jpg"/>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2023</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>18</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>When Living Longer Conflicts With Dying Well</title>
      <description>Dying is inevitable. But medical advancements have made it possible to cheat death in many instances that would have been quickly fatal not so long ago. So it’s become easier to avoid thinking about death and default toward saying “yes” to whatever medical intervention will extend our lives. But when does living longer conflict with dying well? In this podcast episode we’re assessing the common assumption that we can extend life at all costs and still have a “good death” when the time comes. A hospital physician explains the complicated financial and emotional incentives that lead doctors and patients do too many tests, prescriptions and procedures that ultimately do more harm than good. An ICU doctor describes the risks of relying on a “living will” to guarantee a “good death” and what to do instead. If you’ve spent a life saying “yes,” by default, to everything medicine has to offer, it’s traumatic – and not at all straightforward – to know when to start saying “no.” We also hear how a man with terminal cancer navigated end-of-life decisions and what it took for his caregivers to deliver on his wishes for a good death in hospice. 


Podcast Guests:
David Oliver (died 2015), retired gerontology professor, University of Missouri, co-creator of “Exit Strategy” video series

Debra Parker Oliver, professor of hospice and palliative care research, Washington University St. Louis, co-creator of “Exit Strategy” video series, author of “Legacies from the Living Room: A Love-Grief Equation.”

Christopher Moriates, MD, Assistant Dean for Health Care Value in the Department of Medical Education, Dell Medical School at The University of Texas at Austin

Samuel Morris Brown, MD, ICU physician and vice president for research at Intermountain Health; professor of medicine, University of Utah; author of “Through the Valley of Shadows: Living Wills, Intensive Care, and Making Medicine Human”</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/5a861995-711e-4035-91ba-22647a222d2c</link>
      <guid>5a861995711e-4035-91ba-22647a222d2c</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/15f19817-5f0c-42ca-9416-20ebafb701f8/MA009686.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=5a861995-711e-4035-91ba-22647a222d2c" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 07 Aug 2023 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3209</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:image href="https://assets.byub.org/images/bcb52e22-e83a-427b-96f6-d2847aea3852/3000x3000.jpg"/>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2023</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>17</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Stick With It Stories: Top of Mind Episodes That Challenged Us</title>
      <description>We’re wrapping up Season 3 of Top of Mind “Finding Fairness” with a look at some of the Stick With It moments it delivered for our team. One of our goals for each episode is to find perspectives that will challenge us to examine our own views more closely. Often that’s uncomfortable, but if we stick with that discomfort, it can lead to finding new empathy or greater clarity. In this podcast episode, Julie and other members of the Top of Mind team reflect on episodes during Season 3 that challenged them to examine their own views and behaviors more closely around topics including prison reform, pollution, gun violence, healthcare, and free speech.  
Did you have a Stick With It moment listening to an episode of Top of Mind’s Season 3 about “Finding Fairness?” We’d love to hear it. Email your story to topofmind@byu.edu.

Podcast Guests:
Top of Mind producers Kimberly Beck, Cole Cummings, Vanessa Goodman, James Hoopes, and Madeleine McKenzie</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/46e403db-cc0b-4a54-b154-0d09326bd0a9</link>
      <guid>46e403dbcc0b-4a54-b154-0d09326bd0a9</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/9698bb2d-97de-4b91-b774-930ad66bf88d/MA007687.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=46e403db-cc0b-4a54-b154-0d09326bd0a9" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 19 Jun 2023 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3191</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2023</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>16</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Stick With It Stories: Founder of The Period Project Takes on Menstruation Misconceptions</title>
      <description>Our “Stick With It” conversation series on the Top of Mind podcast continues with The Period Project founder Emily Bell McCormick’s story of realizing some common misunderstandings that prevented male legislators from taking menstrual public health policy needs seriously. Once she took the time to really listen to the concerns lawmakers had passing a law to make period products available for free in public schools and state buildings, she was better able to address their misconceptions and get the law passed. 

Podcast Guest:
Emily Bell McCormick, founder of The Policy Project (Teen Health Centers and The Period Project)

Top of Mind would love to hear your Stick With It story. Can you think of a time when you felt your perspective or worldview challenged and, instead of getting defensive, you chose to stick with the discomfort – and you’re glad you did? Email your story to topofmind@byu.edu.</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/591515ae-d093-4c6b-895a-e8ba1a6ad4ee</link>
      <guid>591515aed093-4c6b-895a-e8ba1a6ad4ee</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/9517faf0-fd91-41d3-b34c-934a83f7b5d4/MA009546.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=591515ae-d093-4c6b-895a-e8ba1a6ad4ee" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 12 Jun 2023 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>1168</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2023</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>15</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Stick With It Stories: Greg Jackson Faces Regional Accents on &apos;History That Doesn&apos;t Suck” Podcast</title>
      <description>Our “Stick With It” conversation series on the Top of Mind podcast continues with historian Greg Jackson’s story of committing to get the regional accents right on his podcast “History That Doesn’t Suck.” A few years ago, his audience had grown so large that he was immune to most listener criticism. But a message from “Lucy in Tennessee” about the Southern accent Jackson affected in his storyteller cut through the noise. Jackson chose to stick with the discomfort of that criticism and step up his accent game. His podcast is better for it.

Podcast Guest:
Greg Jackson, host of “History That Doesn’t Suck” podcast, professor at Utah Valley University

Top of Mind would love to hear your Stick With It story. Can you think of a time when you felt your perspective or worldview challenged and, instead of getting defensive, you chose to stick with the discomfort – and you’re glad you did? Email your story to topofmind@byu.edu.</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/3255f55c-f538-42c2-a9a6-60180e9b2a62</link>
      <guid>3255f55cf538-42c2-a9a6-60180e9b2a62</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/d61ffc47-7f9d-4308-8f7f-af30273e7286/MA005485.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=3255f55c-f538-42c2-a9a6-60180e9b2a62" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 05 Jun 2023 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>1091</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2023</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>14</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Weighing the Pros and Cons of Free Expression</title>
      <description>The right to free speech is considered a cornerstone of American democracy, but it can also be used to inflict harm. In this era of social media and polarized politics, we are constantly weighing the pros and cons of free expression. Is being offended by a statement the same as being harmed by it? Where should we draw the line between protecting one’s right to speak freely and ensuring the well-being of others? In this podcast episode, a reformed white supremacist explains why he turned to hate speech and how he&apos;s trying to make amends for the harm he caused. A legal expert debunks common myths about the First Amendment right to free speech and explains why universities and K-12 schools struggle to balance that right with the need to keep students safe. A newspaper opinion editor shares insights on learning to disagree respectfully and an advocate for civility in public discourse explains how to foster productive free expression in our communities. 

Podcast guests:
Tony McAleer, reformed white supremacist, co-founder of Life After Hate, and author of “A Cure for Hate: A Former White Supremacist’s Journey from Violent Extremism to Radical Compassion”

Danielle Weatherby, free speech scholar and professor of law, University of Arkansas

Amelia Robinson, Opinion and Engagement Editor for the Columbus Dispatch

David Plazas, Opinion and Engagement Director for the USA TODAY Network Tennessee, director of Civility Tennessee for The Tennessean

**This episode is part of Season 3 on Top of Mind: Finding Fairness. From health and immigration to prisons and pot, how can we get more peace and prosperity for all?</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/d47c4b86-02d4-4a4d-997b-d1510ba9048b</link>
      <guid>d47c4b8602d4-4a4d-997b-d1510ba9048b</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/b4b91d86-4d95-4b44-a0e1-9c9a7d8531fb/MA022320.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=d47c4b86-02d4-4a4d-997b-d1510ba9048b" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 29 May 2023 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3170</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2023</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>13</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How Can We Help More Kids Thrive in America?</title>
      <description>Children in America face economic, emotional and educational challenges that only worsened during the pandemic. They are the poorest age group in the country. America has the highest rate of children living in single parent households anywhere in the world. U.S. teens are in the midst of a mental health crisis marked by depression, anxiety and suicide. And the COVID-19 pandemic caused big learning gaps. How can we help more kids thrive in America? In this podcast episode, we’ll hear how a school in Iowa is training teenagers to be first responders for peers in emotional crisis. An MIT researcher urges us to focus less on what kids lost during the pandemic and lean into lessons that can make schools even better than before pandemic. Then, a leading researcher on child well-being explains why we need to give absent fathers more attention. We want all children in America to thrive and we know kids are amazingly resilient. How can we do better by them?

Podcast Guests: 
Jen Schnormeier, Instructional coach at Gilbert High School, lead trainer for Teen Mental Health First Aid

Justin Reich, professor of digital media at MIT, Director of the Teaching Systems Lab, host of the Teach Lab podcast, author of “Failure to Disrupt.”

Ronald Mincy, professor of Social Policy and Social Work Practice, Columbia University, co-founder of the Future Families and Child Wellbeing Study 

**This episode is part of Season 3 on Top of Mind: Finding Fairness. From health and immigration to prisons and pot, how can we get more peace and prosperity for all?</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/c5b43e27-9beb-4d34-b842-5ea5cbe2aa62</link>
      <guid>c5b43e279beb-4d34-b842-5ea5cbe2aa62</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/f0c289fb-e3ec-4291-9c9c-6ccf2f34404a/MA020754.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=c5b43e27-9beb-4d34-b842-5ea5cbe2aa62" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 22 May 2023 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3169</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2023</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>12</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Should Being a Bystander Be a Crime?</title>
      <description>We all like to think we’d help someone in danger, but too often people stand by because they’re afraid to intervene or assume someone else will do it. Should it be a crime to be a bystander? What if you don’t witness the harm, but you suspect it’s happening, and you’re in a position to intervene? Does failing to stop the abuse make you an enabler? In this week’s podcast episode, we explore the impact of people choosing to stand by or enable abuse. We learn about an effort to pass laws that would put people in jail if they fail to help. We also hear from a young man whose heroic intervention on a subway platform went viral, and we discover how to resist the urge to be a bystander and become a helper instead. 

Podcast Guests: 
Aya Hibben, undergradute student in political science and pre-law, University of Utah, Research Assistant for The Bystander Initiative 

Amos Guiora, professor of law, Founder of The Bystander Initiative, S.J. Quinney College of Law at the University of Utah 

Bryce Demopoulos, pre-med student at Cornell University, viral helper

Elizabeth Svoboda, Author of “What Makes a Hero: The Surprising Science of Selflessness” and “The Life Heroic: How to Unleash Your Most Amazing Self”

**This episode is part of Season 3 on Top of Mind: Finding Fairness. From health and immigration to prisons and pot, how can we get more peace and prosperity for all?</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/5faffc44-3f7a-4873-a4cb-aca64b562268</link>
      <guid>5faffc443f7a-4873-a4cb-aca64b562268</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/c844c998-4d49-4209-aa9e-d0033a11a2e4/MA010210.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=5faffc44-3f7a-4873-a4cb-aca64b562268" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 15 May 2023 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3170</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2023</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>11</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Stick With It Stories: Diversity Advocate Susan Madsen Gains New Empathy</title>
      <description>Our “Stick With It” conversation series on the Top of Mind podcast continues with diversity advocate Susan Madsen’s story about being invited to attend an event and realizing she was the only white person in a room of several hundred people. Sticking with the discomfort she felt at the event gave her a window into how people of color must feel often in Madsen’s majority white community. That new measure of empathy served as an important motivation for Madsen in her research and advocacy with the Utah Women and Leadership Project. 

Podcast Guest:
Susan Madsen, founding director of the Utah Women &amp; Leadership Project, professor in the Huntsman School of Business, Utah State University. 

Top of Mind would love to hear your Stick With It story. Can you think of a time when you felt your perspective or worldview challenged and, instead of getting defensive, you chose to stick with the discomfort – and you’re glad you did? Email your story to topofmind@byu.edu.</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/c2461300-9f66-4895-adc7-c200cf86b17f</link>
      <guid>c24613009f66-4895-adc7-c200cf86b17f</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/bb4c48e1-f8fc-4334-bece-625a9ff7acbb/MA020409.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=c2461300-9f66-4895-adc7-c200cf86b17f" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 May 2023 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>1258</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2023</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>10</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Stick With It Stories: Podcast Host Corey Nathan Dares to Talk Religion With His Dad</title>
      <description>Our “Stick With It” conversation series on the Top of Mind podcast continues with Corey Nathan, host of “Talkin’ Politics and Religion Without Killin’ Each Other.” He tackles tough topics on his podcast all the time, but talking with his Jewish father about his decision to become a Christian seemed doomed to failure. It would have been easier to not talk about it, says Corey. But he and his dad made a different choice. Their relationship will never be the same. 

Podcast Guest:
Corey Nathan, host of “Talkin’ Politics and Religion Without Killin’ Each Other” – part of the Democracy Group podcast network.

Top of Mind would love to hear your Stick With It story. Can you think of a time when you felt your perspective or worldview challenged and, instead of getting defensive, you chose to stick with the discomfort – and you’re glad you did? Email your story to topofmind@byu.edu.</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/7b7e5efd-e827-4540-ad54-0e85ff26d547</link>
      <guid>7b7e5efde827-4540-ad54-0e85ff26d547</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/40d2154b-d561-4a10-ab91-6b7042c24d09/MA013017.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=7b7e5efd-e827-4540-ad54-0e85ff26d547" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 01 May 2023 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>1089</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2023</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>9</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What Are the Effects of Marijuana Criminalization?</title>
      <description>A decade ago, there was not a single state where it was legal to use recreational marijuana. Today, nearly half of Americans live in states where pot is now legal. And many more are in states where medical marijuana has been legalized. But the federal government maintains that the drug has no currently accepted medical use and a high potential for abuse. How do we make sense of that? Our nation’s laws about marijuana are remarkably inconsistent. What are the effects of marijuana criminalization? And who gets caught in the middle? On this podcast episode, we talk to a man wrongly imprisoned for marijuana charges, a cannabis criminal justice reform advocate, a primary care doctor who’s been prescribing medical cannabis for years, and a drug historian to explains why the origin of our nation’s patchwork of marijuana laws.

Podcast Guests:
Donte West, Legacy Fellow at Last Prisoner Project

Natalie Papillion, COO at Last Prisoner Project

Peter Grinspoon, primary care doctor at Massachusetts General Hospital, instructor at Harvard Medical School, author of “Seeing Through the Smoke: A Cannabis Specialist Untangles the Truth about Marijuana”

Emily Dufton, author of “Grass Roots: The Rise and Fall and Rise of Marijuana in America”

**This episode is part of Season 3 on Top of Mind: Finding Fairness. From health and immigration to prisons and pot, how can we get more peace and prosperity for all?</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/4eb0ce4d-4394-4f12-9b2a-46da77170914</link>
      <guid>4eb0ce4d4394-4f12-9b2a-46da77170914</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/b95f23e5-2e27-4ba8-b7d1-c5c21acad779/MA008504.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=4eb0ce4d-4394-4f12-9b2a-46da77170914" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 24 Apr 2023 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3170</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2023</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>8</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Does the U.S. Have a Moral Obligation to Asylum Seekers?</title>
      <description>People all around the world look to the United States as a land of opportunity and safety. Every month, tens of thousands of people arrive at US border checkpoints and ask to be granted asylum. Over the last decade, the number of people showing up at the southern U.S. border seeking protection has increased five-fold to more than 200,000 every month. That huge increase has so overwhelmed the system that getting a final answer often takes years. There is bipartisan agreement that the asylum system is broken. How we fix the backlog, though, depends a lot on how we answer the question at the heart of today&apos;s podcast episode: what is our obligation to asylum seekers? Are we responsible for taking these individuals in? We’ll be hearing from two previous asylum seekers about the challenges of seeking asylum in the United States, a writer who had an eye-opening experience learning how America’s asylum process differs from other countries, and two former immigration judges with differing perspectives on how we should implement asylum law in the United States. As we hear each of these perspectives, we’ll consider this question: what do we owe people who are no longer safe or able to prosper in the countries where they happen to have been born?

Podcast Guests: 
Razak Iyal, sought asylum in the U.S. in 2013, granted asylum in Canada in 2017 

Joe Meno, Author of “Between Everything and Nothing: The Journey of Seidu Mohammed and Razak Iyal and the Quest for Asylum”

Makaya Revell, CEO of Peace Promise Consulting, granted U.S. asylum in 2022

Andrew Arthur, resident fellow in law and policy at the Center for Immigration Studies, former immigration judge 2006-2014 (York, Pennsylvania)

Paul Wickham Schmidt, adjunct professor of law at Georgetown University, former immigration judge 2003-2016 (Arlington, Virginia)

**This episode is part of Season 3 on Top of Mind: Finding Fairness. From health and immigration to prisons and pot, how can we get more peace and prosperity for all?</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/3260cca4-3c41-4b96-88b8-009fb686a9e2</link>
      <guid>3260cca43c41-4b96-88b8-009fb686a9e2</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/2f13d253-9a98-4994-8fea-410993b99635/MA005496.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=3260cca4-3c41-4b96-88b8-009fb686a9e2" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 17 Apr 2023 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3167</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2023</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>7</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Who is Responsible for Combating Pollution?</title>
      <description>When we drink the water, breathe the air and dig in the soil in our communities, we expect it to be safe. In the United States, we have regulatory agencies meant to protect us, but they sometimes fall short. Places populated by people of color or those in poverty are more likely to suffer the consequences. Who is responsible for combating pollution? How can we, as individuals, contribute to a cleaner environment? In this podcast episode, we explore various ways that Americans are combating pollution when our current systems fail.  A concerned mother-turned-community-activist battles bureaucratic barriers to protect her family from PFAS pollution found in the Haw River, NC. A lifelong resident of Southwest Detroit fights pollution that is killing her majority Black community. An environmental policy maker advocates for corporations to take ownership of the pollution they create. A San Diego family offers an inside look at their zero waste lifestyle. 

Podcast Guests: 
Katie Bryant, co-founder of Clean Haw River 

Theresa Landrum, environmental justice activist in southwest Detroit 

Judith Enck, president of Beyond Plastics, former regional administrator for the EPA 

Fredrika Syren and James Harker, The Zero Waste Family, author of Zero Waste for Families 

**This episode is part of Season 3 on Top of Mind: Finding Fairness. From health and immigration to prisons and pot, how can we get more peace and prosperity for all?</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/47c2fadc-5e78-4856-9d07-93170e2aa9af</link>
      <guid>47c2fadc5e78-4856-9d07-93170e2aa9af</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/f2987449-d66a-402f-9b30-889b6ad985f4/MA007770.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=47c2fadc-5e78-4856-9d07-93170e2aa9af" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 10 Apr 2023 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3222</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2023</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>6</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Stick With It Stories: Sex Therapist Tammy Hill Faces a Crisis</title>
      <description>Our “Stick With It” conversation series on the Top of Mind podcast continues with sex therapist Tammy Hill’s story of feeling inspired to write a book that featured her own sexual experiences. She was so terrified at the thought – what would her parents think?! – that she put it off for seven years. 

Podcast Guest:
Tammy Hill, LMFT, author of “Replenish: Creating Sexual Fulfillment in Marriage” (A Guide for LDS Couples), host of the “Live Your Why” podcast. 

Top of Mind would love to hear your Stick With It story. Can you think of a time when you felt your perspective or worldview challenged and, instead of getting defensive, you chose to stick with the discomfort – and you’re glad you did? Email your story to topofmind@byu.edu.</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/6be21e4d-3754-4106-940d-f6170a088af8</link>
      <guid>6be21e4d3754-4106-940d-f6170a088af8</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/c8229b12-b07c-4ffb-ba6c-2e29fe7ca96d/MA011430.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=6be21e4d-3754-4106-940d-f6170a088af8" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 03 Apr 2023 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>1002</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2023</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>5</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Stick With It Stories: Life Coach Jody Moore Gets Some Tough Feedback</title>
      <description>Our “Stick With It” conversation series on the Top of Mind podcast continues with life coach Jody Moore’s story about receiving some upsetting feedback from someone she respected. Rather than dismiss the criticism as misguided, Moore decided to explore it with an open heart and says she’s a better life coach because of it. 

Podcast Guest:

Jody Moore, certified life coach, author of “Better Than Happy,” host of “Better Than Happy” podcast.

Top of Mind would love to hear your Stick With It story. Can you think of a time when you felt your perspective or worldview challenged and, instead of getting defensive, you chose to stick with the discomfort – and you’re glad you did? Email your story to topofmind@byu.edu.</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/dffd08b1-0e24-46bc-bbdf-8ad2462c87a0</link>
      <guid>dffd08b10e24-46bc-bbdf-8ad2462c87a0</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/df2c1b56-2016-48b8-aa0b-2fce3864ac6e/MA023561.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=dffd08b1-0e24-46bc-bbdf-8ad2462c87a0" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 27 Mar 2023 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>1496</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2023</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>4</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How Can We Reduce Gun Violence in America?</title>
      <description>About 45,000 Americans died from gun violence in 2022. A similar number died the year before. About half of those deaths are gun suicides. The other half are gun homicides. Mass shootings tend to capture the most attention and outrage, but they’re just a small fraction of the total number of gun deaths each year. How can we reduce gun violence in America? Reducing the number of firearms in the country might help, but significant gun control laws seem unlikely in today’s current political climate. In this podcast episode, we hear the stories of a violence interrupter, a suicide prevention and gun safety advocate, and a mass shooting researcher to help us feel more hopeful about America&apos;s gun violence problem.  

Podcast Guests:
DeQuann Stanley, Outreach Supervisor at Save Our Streets, Crown Heights, Brooklyn

Erin Dunkerly, trial attorney in California, advocate for suicide prevention

Mark Follman, National Affairs Editor at Mother Jones. Author of TRIGGER POINTS: “Inside the Mission to Stop Mass Shootings in America”

**This episode is part of Season 3 on Top of Mind: Finding Fairness. From health and immigration to prisons and pot, how can we get more peace and prosperity for all?</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/68fcd627-5063-4516-996b-c1126369f14d</link>
      <guid>68fcd6275063-4516-996b-c1126369f14d</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/bfacf21f-5dd2-4577-a655-0579fb582780/MA011162.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=68fcd627-5063-4516-996b-c1126369f14d" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 20 Mar 2023 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3170</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2023</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>3</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What Does Justice in Healthcare Look Like?</title>
      <description>Who deserves good health? It’s what we all want and shapes many of our decisions, but it’s not entirely within our control. The water we drink, air we breathe, and communities we live in all influence our health. How do we determine justice in healthcare? Some people have worse health because of factors beyond their control; is that fair? In this podcast episode, we’ll speak with a doctor who believes he owes his patients more than just competent care. We’ll consider how we decide, as a society, who gets priority when health resources are scarce, such as transplant organs. And we’ll hear a legal scholar’s take on what a system of “just health” looks like in the face of systemic inequality. How can we be sure that we’re not setting people up for shorter, sicker lives just because they have less power in society? 

Podcast Guests: 
Michael Stein, primary care physician, chair of Health Law, Policy &amp; Management at Boston University School of Public Health, author of “Accidental Kindness” and “Me vs. Us”

Debra Selkirk, liver transplant equality activist   

Jacob Appel, emergency room psychiatrist at Mount Sinai, professor of bioethics at Icahn School of Medicine, author of “Who Says You’re Dead?” 

Dayna Bowen Matthew, Dean and Harold H. Greene Professor of Law at the George Washington University Law School, author of the “Just Health: Treating Structural Racism to Heal America”

**This episode is part of Season 3 on Top of Mind: Finding Fairness. From health and immigration to prisons and pot, how can we get more peace and prosperity for all?</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/d786277c-87e5-4131-b956-6914c271fd64</link>
      <guid>d786277c87e5-4131-b956-6914c271fd64</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/0f765078-18db-4f9d-9828-255547c2f1d5/MA022663.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=d786277c-87e5-4131-b956-6914c271fd64" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 13 Mar 2023 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3170</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2023</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>2</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What is the Purpose of Prison?</title>
      <description>When someone commits a crime in this country, we lock them up—and we do it a lot. If you look at just the people who are incarcerated globally, a disproportionate number – 20 percent – are in American prisons. The U.S. criminal justice system was created to enforce laws, punish offenders, deter crime, and protect society. How well do prisons help accomplish those things? Current incarceration and recidivism rates suggest some room for improvement. Are there other options? In this podcast episode, we get perspectives on the effectiveness and purpose of prison from a man serving life for murder and a father whose son was murdered. We also look at how Norway’s prison system was reformed in the 1990s to lower prison violence and re-offense rates. Norwegian prisons today are focused on rehabilitation rather than punishment. A handful of US states are implementing Norwegian concepts, so we’ll speak with the superintendent of Oregon’s largest prison to understand how America might benefit from changing the role of incarceration in our justice system. 

Podcast Guests:
Spoon Jackson, published poet, teacher, playwright, and inmate in the California state prison system

Azim Khamisa, founder of the Tariq Khamisa Foundation and author of “From Murder to Forgiveness: A Father’s Journey”

Tom Eberhardt, former guard and warden, senior adviser to the Norwegian Correctional Service, Norwegian Program Manager for Amend at UCSF

Jamie Miller, Superintendent, Snake River Correctional Institution in Oregon

**This episode is part of Season 3 on Top of Mind: Finding Fairness. From health and immigration to prisons and pot, how can we get more peace and prosperity for all?</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/1267d7ae-9f9b-48f8-b005-b7814846ccb6</link>
      <guid>1267d7ae9f9b-48f8-b005-b7814846ccb6</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/9067d17a-32a2-4821-8179-7f6892f493d9/MA002238.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=1267d7ae-9f9b-48f8-b005-b7814846ccb6" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 06 Mar 2023 07:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3167</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2023</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>1</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Common Ground in the Debate Over Teaching Kids About Race in School</title>
      <description>The debate over how race – and America’s history with racism – should be taught in schools has come to feel black and white: you’re either for it or against it. But race isn’t black and white, and neither is the issue of how to teach kids about race in schools. In this episode of the podcast, we’ll hear from two mothers and a teacher with especially complicated views on when it’s helpful to talk about race with kids – and when it can do more harm than good. 
While their views on CRT and teaching the history of slavery differ, both mothers would like to be able to trust teachers to navigate race-related topics in a way that leaves all children feeling affirmed, not ashamed. And teachers need trust from parents to navigate the issue successfully. Is it possible our deep divide over teaching kids about race is not a question of curriculum, but rather of trust? 

Podcast Guests:
LaShawn C. Williams, mother of three, licensed clinical social worker and full-time faculty at Salt Lake Community College

Brooke Stephens, mother of four, curriculum director for Utah Parents United

Jenna Chandler-Ward, educator, co-founder of Teaching While White, co-author of “Learning and Teaching While White.”</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/0c936fc0-94c9-428b-b147-b587ee5411e8</link>
      <guid>0c936fc094c9-428b-b147-b587ee5411e8</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/d3ad79e4-78c6-4b22-bd7e-7984d3e12a78/MA001588.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=0c936fc0-94c9-428b-b147-b587ee5411e8" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 30 Jan 2023 07:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3170</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2022</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>40</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Stick With It Stories: Talking Faith on Social Media</title>
      <description>Our “Stick With It” series on the Top of Mind podcast continues with an all too familiar story of a social media post provoking an unexpected, angry reaction. For Allie, posting about her Christian faith on Instagram felt innocuous and empowering. But a dear friend was hurt by the post. Allie was hurt too, but chose to validate her friend’s perspective and be vulnerable about her own. Sticking with that discomfort deepened the relationship and gave Allie insight on a better approach to posting about her spiritual convictions online.

Top of Mind would love to hear your Stick With It story. Can you think of a time when you felt your perspective or worldview challenged and, instead of getting defensive, you chose to lean into the discomfort – and you’re glad you did? Email your story to topofmind@byu.edu.</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/0b152cfe-7a8f-4655-8ad2-2c71a6c3b876</link>
      <guid>0b152cfe7a8f-4655-8ad2-2c71a6c3b876</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/d7777cf3-6f68-4a22-a1e8-82a803e07c02/MA001445.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=0b152cfe-7a8f-4655-8ad2-2c71a6c3b876" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 23 Jan 2023 07:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>782</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2022</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>39</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Stick With It Stories: A Children’s Librarian Confronts Book Banning</title>
      <description>Our “Stick With It” series on the Top of Mind podcast continues with a story about a children’s librarian feeling upset and attacked by the nationwide debate over book banning. But instead of dismissing her concerns about book censorship, she chose to try listening more closely to what parents and citizens were saying. After watching countless videos of confrontational school board meetings from around the country, she began to find some common ground with people demanding that certain books be banned from schools and libraries. She still opposes book banning, but she has dramatically changed her approach to concerns about the books in her library collection.

Top of Mind would love to hear your Stick With It story. Can you think of a time when you felt your perspective or worldview challenged and, instead of getting defensive, you chose to lean into the discomfort – and you’re glad you did? Email your story to topofmind@byu.edu.</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/796de076-448d-4989-9aae-3ff9f401e6d2</link>
      <guid>796de076448d-4989-9aae-3ff9f401e6d2</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/82ff22d7-d2c0-4ebd-a0fe-e6d37326a0b7/MA012800.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=796de076-448d-4989-9aae-3ff9f401e6d2" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 16 Jan 2023 07:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>1463</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2022</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>38</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Is Sports Fandom Good for America?</title>
      <description>Most Americans identify as sports fans – more than identify as church-goers, in fact. Is it good for sports fandom to play such a prominent role in society? After all, we know how tribal, obsessive and competitive we can get about our favorite sports teams. But there’s evidence that sports fandom offers benefits to American society, as a whole. For example, it fuels networks of relationships and can help reduce political polarization. In this podcast episode, we’ll hear why sports fans often have more friends and are more satisfied with other aspects of their lives, too. And we’ll cast a critical eye on the influence sports has on the way we think about gender, patriotism and the American Dream. How can we maximize the positive impact of sports fandom in society?

Podcast Guests:
Jennifer Moglia, sports journalist, student at Quinnipiac University, Rangers and Mets fan

Ben Valenta, Senior Vice President of Strategy and Analytics at Fox Sports, co-author “Fans Have More Friends”

David Sikorjak, President of Dexterity Consulting, former Senior Vice President of Analytics at Madison Square Garden, co-author “Fans Have More Friends”

Michael Serazio, Associate Professor, Department of Communication at Boston College, author of “The Power of Sports: Media and Spectacle in American Culture”</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/3b6bb47a-1d81-4f24-9cf0-1ab82bb3dfe7</link>
      <guid>3b6bb47a1d81-4f24-9cf0-1ab82bb3dfe7</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/506f0a46-fe5d-489c-be61-1a8379027425/MA006447.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=3b6bb47a-1d81-4f24-9cf0-1ab82bb3dfe7" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 09 Jan 2023 07:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3167</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2022</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>37</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Talk About Abortion</title>
      <description>Abortion is such a controversial issue, most of us avoid discussing it for fear of ending up in an angry debate. Plus, few of us are open to changing our minds about abortion access, so what’s the point of talking about it with people who disagree? In this episode of the podcast, we’ll learn how to talk about abortion and why it’s crucial that we do, even if there’s no chance of finding common ground. We’ll explore the amazing story of The Abortion Talks – when, during a particularly violent period in Boston in the 1990s, three pro-choice leaders and three pro-life leaders began meeting in secret. Their dialogue on abortion rights continued for nearly six years. None of the women changed their views on abortion. But the conversations changed their lives and the tone of the abortion debate nationwide.

Image: Poster for The Abortion Talks documentary

Podcast Guests:
Barbara Thorp, social worker, participant in The Abortion Talks, former director of the Pro-Life Office for the Catholic Archdiocese of Boston

Melissa Kogut, participant in The Abortion Talks, former executive director of NARAL Pro-Choice of Massachusetts

Josh Sabey and Sarah Perkins, co-directors of The Abortion Talks documentary (UPDATE 6/26/24 the film is now called The Basement Talks and the extended six-part series is available on Amazon Prime Video and Apple TV)

John Sarrouf, dialogue facilitator and co-executive director of Essential Partners</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/af15a9be-0951-4a5c-84f6-db381cb6a427</link>
      <guid>af15a9be0951-4a5c-84f6-db381cb6a427</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/906695d2-0d14-44b7-9ffe-d9878d7bf9cb/MA018438.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=af15a9be-0951-4a5c-84f6-db381cb6a427" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 02 Jan 2023 07:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3170</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2022</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>36</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Community Traditions that Connect Us to Home</title>
      <description>It’s the season for nostalgia, so we’re looking at how community traditions help us feel connected to the place we live. Is there a certain holiday, or time of year, when you’ll go out of your way to be in your hometown? This week on the podcast, we’re sharing stories from around the country of Christmas traditions, Fourth of July festivities, summer music jams and a host of quirky celebrations from small town America. At first glance these customs may just seem like fun activities and social gatherings. But as we dig deep into the significance behind our traditions, it becomes clear that these events play an important role in enriching our culture and building our communities.

GUESTS:
Melody Warnick, author “This is Where You Belong” and “If You Could Live Anywhere”

Don Ryan, Whistlemaster of York, PA

Penny Meservier, former director of the Franklin County Chamber of Commerce in Farmington, Maine, home of “Chester Greenwood Day”

Marie McCusker, Executive Director of the Petaluma, CA Downtown Association and Visitor Program, home of “Butter and Egg Days”

Zach Tucker, Director of Operations, Planet Bluegrass, Lyons, CO

Stephanie Driggs from Pleasant Grove, UT home of “Strawberry Days”

Natasha Szilagyi from Seattle, WA

Ralph Tobias from Reading, PA</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/a72ce7f9-3b52-4b9e-bfcb-35623138fd50</link>
      <guid>a72ce7f93b52-4b9e-bfcb-35623138fd50</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/404f3469-0c76-4fe3-b72b-b7e16d1ddf7a/MA017595.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=a72ce7f9-3b52-4b9e-bfcb-35623138fd50" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 19 Dec 2022 07:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3169</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2022</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>35</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Righting Society’s Past Wrongs: How Late is Too Late to Repair?</title>
      <description>Can righting society&apos;s past wrongs help us heal from historical harm? Many people argue that America’s past mistakes, particularly its treatment of African Americans and indigenous peoples, have had consequences we’ve never reckoned with. Others argue that former injustices happened so long ago we should just move on. In this podcast episode, we explore two authors’ frameworks for personal reparations, the history of South Africa’s truth and reconciliation commission, and a Jewish perspective on repentance and repair.

Podcast Guests:
Sharon Leslie Morgan, founder of Our Black Ancestry and co-author of &quot;Gather at the Table: The Healing Journey of a Daughter of Slavery and a Son of the Slave Trade&quot;

Tom DeWolf, director and manager at Coming to the Table and co-author of &quot;Gather at the Table&quot;

Eric Wiebelhaus-Brahm, professor in the School of Public Affairs at University of Arkansas, Little Rock

Rabbi Danya Ruttenberg, author of &quot;On Repentance and Repair: Making Amends in an Unapologetic World&quot;</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/26eca407-abf4-4db7-9b30-e73c783e1e30</link>
      <guid>26eca407abf4-4db7-9b30-e73c783e1e30</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/2a329b68-7981-4be5-87cf-3b356ff67782/MA004335.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=26eca407-abf4-4db7-9b30-e73c783e1e30" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 12 Dec 2022 07:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3171</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2022</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>34</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Why We Take Water for Granted – But Really Shouldn’t.</title>
      <description>It’s easy to take clean water for granted in America. But there are millions of people in this country who can’t count on water to flow when they turn the tap or flush the toilet. Your city is likely decades behind on maintenance and upgrades to its water infrastructure and sewer systems. Add to that the extended drought gripping Western states, and it’s increasingly clear that none of us can – or should – take water for granted. In this episode of the podcast, we’ll hear from Jackson, Mississippi, California’s Central Valley farming community and the Blackfeet Reservation in Montana for insight on how we might recalibrate our relationship with water and think differently about this essential resource.

Guests:
Lauren Lewis, resident of Jackson, MS, Health Justice and Safety Organizer, Immigrant Alliance for Justice and Equity 

Dan Van Abs, Professor of Practice for Water, Society and the Environment, Rutgers University

Don Cameron, General Manager of Terranova Ranch in Helm, CA

Rosalyn LaPier, Professor of History at the University of Illinois Urbana-Champaign, enrolled member of the Blackfeet Tribe of Montana and Métis

Colin Kuehl, Professor of Political Science and Environmental Studies,  Northern Illinois University</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/cfeb6763-3605-4e83-9ff3-fd4fb1bc4349</link>
      <guid>cfeb67633605-4e83-9ff3-fd4fb1bc4349</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/01aa0d4f-5a0b-459d-bcc1-4975f78899dd/MA021829.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=cfeb6763-3605-4e83-9ff3-fd4fb1bc4349" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 05 Dec 2022 07:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3170</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2022</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>33</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Stick With It Stories: Inside a Neighborhood Conflict</title>
      <description>Our new “Stick With It” series on the Top of Mind podcast continues with a story about neighborhood conflict and the solution one woman found by staying open and curious. “Marie” found herself at odds with her neighbors when a drug dealer moved in next door and made the street unsafe. While other homeowners hunkered down and blamed the police for failing to solve the problem, Marie went looking for a long-term resolution. That choice led to a host of new realizations and a better outcome from the neighborhood. Tune into this conversation to hear how. 

Top of Mind would love to hear your Stick With It story. Can you think of a time when you felt your perspective or worldview challenged and, instead of getting defensive, you chose to lean into the discomfort – and you’re glad you did? Email your story to topofmind@byu.edu.</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/5cb3aec0-f8c1-48e3-87ac-c84ff1d3b0cd</link>
      <guid>5cb3aec0f8c1-48e3-87ac-c84ff1d3b0cd</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/3f7b4bb6-95b6-40ec-8e53-0246597cf685/MA009924.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=5cb3aec0-f8c1-48e3-87ac-c84ff1d3b0cd" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 28 Nov 2022 07:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>1797</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2022</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>32</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Stick With It Stories: A Storyteller Tackles His Own Uncomfortable Story About Race</title>
      <description>Our new “Stick With It” series on the Top of Mind podcast kicks off with storyteller Sam Payne sharing how he tackled his own uncomfortable story about race. In this episode, Sam talks about a time he was asked to perform a story about race at a conference. He was embarrassed to decline the invitation because he didn&apos;t think he had story to tell. He is a white man living in a non-racially diverse community and felt that he had nothing to contribute. But as he leaned into the discomfort, he was surprised by what he learned about his own racial identity and community. Tune into this conversation to hear how Sam handled the uncomfortable truths he discovered.

We’re talking with listeners about a time when they felt their own perspective challenged and made the choice to stick with that discomfort – to lean into it – and they’re glad they did. Join the conversation by emailing your &quot;Stick With It&quot; story to topofmind@byu.edu.

GUEST:
Sam Payne, storyteller, host of The Apple Seed podcast, director of audio content and BYUradio.</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/a96603a7-1c93-44c4-a3b8-50eec220f799</link>
      <guid>a96603a71c93-44c4-a3b8-50eec220f799</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/5ab6e0e9-4d71-485a-9d54-a083a9a01858/MA017855.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=a96603a7-1c93-44c4-a3b8-50eec220f799" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 21 Nov 2022 07:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>1396</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2022</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>31</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Can the News be Trusted? Americans Aren’t Too Sure.</title>
      <description>Can the news be trusted? Americans aren’t too sure. What happens when we start to see journalists as enemies, rather than allies, of democracy and truth? Barely a third of Americans say they have even a &quot;fair amount&quot; of trust in the press, according to Gallup polls. They think mainstream media is biased, or sloppy. Are they right? In this podcast episode, we’ll discuss the role of journalism in democracy, what journalists are doing to create change on local and national levels, and what we can do to become more informed consumers when evaluating news sources.

Guests:
Katherine Corcoran, author of &quot;In the Mouth of the Wolf&quot; and former Associated Press bureau chief for Mexico and Central America

Kevin Lerner, Associate Professor of Journalism, Marist College and author of &quot;Provoking the Press: (MORE) Magazine and the Crisis of Confidence in American Journalism&quot;

David Bornstein, Journalist and Co-founder of the Solutions Journalism Network

Sam Wineburg, Professor of Graduates Studies in Education at Stanford University, leading researcher on media literacy, founder of the Civic Online Reasoning curriculum</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/68e6b06a-73bb-4a0f-ace8-5f2b55bd066f</link>
      <guid>68e6b06a73bb-4a0f-ace8-5f2b55bd066f</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/85c54c1f-6292-434d-914c-ae46dc8c66f1/MA011145.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=68e6b06a-73bb-4a0f-ace8-5f2b55bd066f" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 14 Nov 2022 07:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3167</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2022</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>30</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Why Do Wars Happen?</title>
      <description>When war breaks out, we tend to focus on whether the war is justified. Is it right to fight? Under international law, it&apos;s not that hard to justify going to war. But if we really want to understand why wars happen, asking only if the war is justified can muddy the water. In this second episode about war, we&apos;re focused on understanding how the decision to fight gets made. What leads a leader or society to look at the inevitable devastation that war causes, and say, &quot;We&apos;re doing it anyway&quot;? The answer to that question could provide the path to peace. (AP Photo/John Minchillo, FGile)

Guests: 
Kael Weston, former US State Department diplomat, author of “The Mirror Test: America at War in Iraq and Afghanistan”

Wes Bryant, retired US Air Force Master Sergeant, co-author of “Hunting the Caliphate: America’s War on ISIS and the Dawn of the Strike Cell”

Chris Blattman, professor of global conflict studies, University of Chicago Harris School of Public Policy, author of “Why We Fight: The Roots of War and the Paths to Peace”</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/fbeaf190-71c7-491a-a8c6-26b758c1a207</link>
      <guid>fbeaf19071c7-491a-a8c6-26b758c1a207</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/a1cfa9a0-bcac-4482-9d7b-0fdf2bd801d2/MA026577.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=fbeaf190-71c7-491a-a8c6-26b758c1a207" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 07 Nov 2022 07:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3167</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2022</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>29</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>When is War Justified?</title>
      <description>Most Americans have never fought in a war, or even had our lives disrupted by one. Does being so far removed from the loss and trauma make us more willing to send our military into battle? This is the first of two episodes we’re dedicating to thinking more deeply about the consequences of war. Rarely is going to war clearly the right or wrong choice. When is war justified? We&apos;re hoping that, by really embracing the nuance here, we&apos;ll be more clear-eyed as citizens and voters the next time America has the choice to fight. (AP Photo/Balint Szlanko, File)

Guests: 
Sonny Le, former refugee from Vietnam, Bay Area Regional Program Manager of Vaccinate ALL 58

Yalda Royan, refugee from Afghanistan, founding member of the Afghan Women’s Advocacy Group

Frank “Gus” Biggio, US Marine Corps (retired), author of “The Wolves of Helmand: A View from Inside the Den of Modern War”

Eric Jensen, US Army (retired), former special counsel to the US Department of Defense General Counsel, professor at Brigham Young University law school

Chris Blattman, professor of global conflict studies, University of Chicago, author of &quot;Why We Fight: The Roots of War and the Paths to Peace&quot;</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/aa5b5108-936b-476e-a42a-0865c213549b</link>
      <guid>aa5b5108936b-476e-a42a-0865c213549b</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/09335dee-0182-4aef-9306-42dd84a1d779/MA017953.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=aa5b5108-936b-476e-a42a-0865c213549b" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 24 Oct 2022 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3182</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2022</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>28</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Lost in Politics: Engaging in Politics When Neither Party Fits</title>
      <description>If the whole point of a democracy is to represent the voice of the people, then why do so many Americans have a hard time engaging in politics? More than half of American citizens say that the two major political parties are doing a poor job representing the people, and partisan views keep getting more divisive. Staying engaged in politics can be a challenge when campaigns, advocacy groups, and candidates don’t align with our political views. Would a third major party solve the problem? In this podcast episode, we look at why American politics have become so polarized, and we explore how to stay engaged in politics when neither party feels like a good fit. 

Thanks to listeners Jeff, Cydne, Alex, Troy and Noah for sharing their stories in this episode.

Podcast Guests:
Robert Saldin, Professor of Political Science, University of Montana

Jon Schaff, Professor of Political Science, Northern State University 

Richard Davis, co-founder of the United Utah Party, author of &quot;Beyond Donkeys and Elephants: Minor Political Parties in Contemporary American Politics.&quot;

Pastor Fred Garry, Senior Pastor of the First Presbyterian Church of Metuchen, NJ

Evan Malbrough, fellow at the ACLU of Georgia, board member with The Andrew Goodman Foundation.</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/2856529b-a053-4cee-8d06-0d2b6b65f9d0</link>
      <guid>2856529ba053-4cee-8d06-0d2b6b65f9d0</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/bd6444a4-56dc-400b-a617-b20662555ba2/MA004490.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=2856529b-a053-4cee-8d06-0d2b6b65f9d0" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 17 Oct 2022 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3167</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2022</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>27</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Introducing &quot;Stick With It&quot;: What happens when you lean in to a challenging perspective?</title>
      <description>When you encounter a perspective that contradicts your own, the natural instinct is to either shut down or push back. But staying with that discomfort can pay off. Maybe it deepens a relationship or leads to some fresh insight. Top of Mind is launching a new series called “Stick With It” where we talk with people about a time they encountered a perspective that felt challenging, chose to stick with that discomfort, and they’re glad they did. In this episode, we speak with a couple of friends – one is Black, one is white – about embracing tough conversations as they wrote a book together about race. And host Julie Rose shares a “Stick With It” story of her own. 
Email your story to topofmind@byu.edu.

Guests: 
Shanterra McBride, author, preacher, speaker, founder of Marvelous University

Rosalind Wiseman, co-founder of Cultures of Dignity, author of “Queen Bees and Wannabes” and co-author with McBride of “Courageous Discomfort: How to Have Important, Life-Changing Conversations About Race and Racism.</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/1fcc730d-59aa-42d0-a575-99b61a00e7c8</link>
      <guid>1fcc730d59aa-42d0-a575-99b61a00e7c8</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/01da10a2-5471-4a2b-a96a-9babfdb2c443/MA003639.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=1fcc730d-59aa-42d0-a575-99b61a00e7c8" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 10 Oct 2022 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3169</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2022</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>26</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Does America Still Value Religious Expression?</title>
      <description>The freedom to believe—and express those religious beliefs—is embedded in America’s founding documents. But being outwardly religious—like wearing a hijab, turban or yarmulke—isn’t always respected by our society. Church membership has also been steadily declining across the country. As American culture changes, do we still value religious expression and freedom? What role does faith play in today’s society? In this podcast episode, we’re thinking more deeply about how much we—as individuals and as a society—really value religious diversity and public expressions of faith. 

Podcast Guests: 
Simran Jeet Singh, Executive Director for the Aspen Institute’s Religion &amp; Society Program and author of The Light We Give: How Sikh Wisdom Can Transform Your Life.

Justin McClain, Catholic educator and author of Called to Teach, Alleluia to Amen, and Called to Pray.

Asma Uddin, attorney, visiting law professor at Catholic University of America, author of “When Islam Is Not a Religion: Inside America’s Fight for Religious Freedom”

Diana Eck, founder of The Pluralism Project at Harvard University

(photo credit: Simran Jeet Singh by John Noltner)</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/fc0c63d0-5251-4326-82a6-594ba6c3a7f4</link>
      <guid>fc0c63d05251-4326-82a6-594ba6c3a7f4</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/e5776bdf-5a20-42b9-b2df-aee063d4e41b/MA026588.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=fc0c63d0-5251-4326-82a6-594ba6c3a7f4" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 03 Oct 2022 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3171</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2022</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>25</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Does Activism Work? Being a Social Activist in Today’s World</title>
      <description>The word “activist” tends to scare off a lot of people. And you may be wondering, does activism work? We often associate activism with social protests and political marches which get a lot of attention and can spark violence, but do they generate change? Iff we thought about activism differently, would more of us be motivated to work for change? In this podcast episode, we look to the example of Rosa Parks who did so much more than refuse to give up her seat on a segregated bus. And we consider why viral hashtags on social media rarely lead to big, lasting change. Plus, how a new definition of activism could motivate more of us to work on making the world a better place. 

Podcast Guests: 
HH Leonards, founder of The O Street Museum and Mansion in Washington, DC and author of “Rosa Parks Beyond the Bus: Life, Lessons and Leadership”

Gal Beckerman, senior editor for books at The Atlantic, author of “The Quiet Before: On the Unexpected Origins of Radical Ideals.”

Emma Petty Adams and Jennifer Walker Thomas, co-executive directors of MWEG (Mormon Women for Ethical Government)

Karen Walrond, author of &quot;The Lightmaker&apos;s Manifesto: How to Work for Change Without Losing Your Joy&quot;</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/2cd9f87f-8ec0-44bc-b750-3d80775728d2</link>
      <guid>2cd9f87f8ec0-44bc-b750-3d80775728d2</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/77afab2e-c359-43b1-a16e-0f166ceb4cce/MA004926.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=2cd9f87f-8ec0-44bc-b750-3d80775728d2" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 26 Sep 2022 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3170</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2022</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>24</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Facing Our Fear of Grief</title>
      <description>Grief from death or loss is a normal part of life. Yet, simply thinking about grief can raise feelings of fear, anxiety, and hopelessness. Why is our culture so uncomfortable with intense grief? American rituals are designed to keep mourning quiet and private. We mutter clichés that offer little comfort and expect grieving to be like getting the flu – you feel really bad and then you get better. We make even less space for grieving pets, or pregnancy loss. In today’s podcast episode we consider how we can face our fear of grief and what might be different if we allowed feelings of grief to be bigger, longer, and more public?

Podcast Guests: 
Jaqueline Dooley, writer, essayist - https://jacquelinedooley.medium.com/

Brandy Schillace, author of “Death&apos;s Summer Coat: Our Strange, Unsettled History of Mourning”

E.B. Bartels, author of &quot;Good Grief: On Loving Pets Here and Hereafter&quot;

Katie C. Reilly, writer, attorney 

Lisa Athan, grief therapist and founder of Grief Speaks</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/ea5a9996-7ba3-44da-a185-b5a00d6f82f7</link>
      <guid>ea5a99967ba3-44da-a185-b5a00d6f82f7</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/613e99b3-ed05-4a67-baba-cb8e0d791638/MA024680.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=ea5a9996-7ba3-44da-a185-b5a00d6f82f7" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 12 Sep 2022 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3170</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2022</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>23</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Benefits of Social Relationships: Mending Fractures and Widening Our Circles</title>
      <description>What if you sent a hand-written, two-page letter to every single one of your Facebook friends? What if you struck up conversations with strangers more often? What if you mended a fracture in your family? Whether we are connecting with friends or family, the benefits of social relationships are numerous. We often hear about how social interaction and connection can improve our mental and physical health. But can relationships also be a way to heal our societal divisions and strengthen our communities? In this podcast episode, we explore how widening our circles and tending to relationships more mindfully could be good for us - and society.

Podcast Guests:
Amy Weinland Daughters, sports columnist and author of “Dear Dana: That Time I Went Crazy and Wrote All 580 of My Facebook Friends a Handwritten Letter”

Joe Keohane, journalist and author of “The Power of Strangers: The Benefits of Connecting in a Suspicious World”

Karl Pillemer, professor of human development and geriatrics at Cornell University, author of “Fault Lines: Fractured Families and How to Mend Them.”</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/33c7fc45-ba26-4192-bb0a-f9bdd81fb212</link>
      <guid>33c7fc45ba26-4192-bb0a-f9bdd81fb212</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/d1987b72-edb0-468a-82d1-17477dbcbba6/MA005646.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=33c7fc45-ba26-4192-bb0a-f9bdd81fb212" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 05 Sep 2022 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3170</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2022</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>22</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Why Do Family History?</title>
      <description>Learning about our ancestors may not seem all that interesting – or important. So why do family history? It turns out that there is a compelling case for learning about our past. Research suggests that learning about our ancestors’ stories, culture, traditions, and lives can help us understand our own identity, connect with others, and inspire us to be better people. But what happens if our past is filled with dark stories that we would rather not be associated with? Is doing family history still worth it? In this podcast episode, we explore how family history can open new doors, build resiliency within families, and the value in digging a little deeper to understand your past. 

Podcast Guests:
Christopher Jones, BYU History Professor 

Libby Copeland, author of “The Lost Family: How DNA Testing Is Upending Who We Are” 

Edward Di Gangi, author of “The Gift Best Given: A Memoir”

Gaynell Brady, owner of Our Mammy’s</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/f61308b5-1801-45bc-a51f-a95611b20c34</link>
      <guid>f61308b51801-45bc-a51f-a95611b20c34</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/2da4123c-b181-4790-87ba-9ca5655aacf5/MA025958.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=f61308b5-1801-45bc-a51f-a95611b20c34" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 29 Aug 2022 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3205</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2022</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>21</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What is the True Impact of Humanitarian Aid?</title>
      <description>The humanitarian needs across the world right now are enormous. War, political corruption, natural disasters, debilitating poverty, and economic failure can all cause a humanitarian crisis. When these crises occur, our natural instinct is the help. And, helping out seems straightforward – you just send money or show up. But can assistance sometimes do more harm than good? What is the true impact of humanitarian efforts? If you’re not careful, your time and money may do no good to help those in crisis. Worse, it might end up hurting those you’re hoping to help. In this podcast episode, we consider how best to respond in a humanitarian crisis, why doing a “service trip” to a distant country isn’t necessarily helpful and ways to boost the impact of your humanitarian aid. 

Podcast Guests:
Svitlana Miller, founder, ToUkraineWithLove.org

Meg Sattler, director, Ground Truth Solutions

Bocchit Edmond, Haiti’s Ambassador to the United States

Pippa Biddle, author of “Ours to Explore: Privilege, Power and the Paradox of Voluntourism”

Kat Rosqueta, founding executive director, Center for High Impact Philanthropy (impact.upenn.edu) at the University of Pennsylvania</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/6a9e08c7-e994-4463-8df1-c613a0a7b550</link>
      <guid>6a9e08c7e994-4463-8df1-c613a0a7b550</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/6c43e411-7bd1-4f10-a1f9-b3567b320767/MA011304.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=6a9e08c7-e994-4463-8df1-c613a0a7b550" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 18 Jul 2022 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3170</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2022</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>20</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Does a College Degree Matter? Evaluating the Value of a College Education</title>
      <description>College education is traditionally seen in America as a worthwhile investment that can help people get ahead, find better jobs, and earn higher salaries. But with our ever-changing social and economic landscape, does a college degree matter? Some employers are no longer requiring a degree for professional jobs. As the cost of getting a degree continues to rise, is a college education worth the expense if it doesn’t lead to lucrative job after graduation? In this podcast episode, we’ll explore how American society determines the value of a college education and how to know when pursuing higher education is the right choice.

Podcast Guests: 
Alexis Ayala, Business Development Representative at Okta 

Anthony Carnevale, Director of the Georgetown Center for Education and the Workforce 

Ron Lieber, New York Times Finance Columnist, Author of “The Price You Pay for College: An Entirely New Road Map for the Biggest Financial Decision Your Family Will Ever Make”

Ken Rusk, Entrepreneur, Author of “Blue Collar Cash: Love Your Work, Secure Your Future, and Find Happiness for Life”</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/b0f10725-7b46-476b-9fa3-c8378b61c798</link>
      <guid>b0f107257b46-476b-9fa3-c8378b61c798</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/bef9d0ab-e9f5-4166-af90-c9974479875c/MA018638.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=b0f10725-7b46-476b-9fa3-c8378b61c798" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 11 Jul 2022 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3170</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2022</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>19</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Hope or Dread? Let’s Rethink Our Obsession with Aging</title>
      <description>In our culture that celebrates youthfulness, countless Americans dread getting older. Aging brings inevitable changes to our bodies, abilities and lifestyle. But aging not all bad. Surveys show time and again that people in their 80s are happier than young adults and people in middle age. So why do we fear getting older? What if we rethink our obsession with aging? In today’s podcast episode, we explore what aging is really like in America right now and how the experience might be better if we stopped worrying about the process of growing old.  

Podcast Guests:
Katherine Esty, therapist and author of Eighty somethings: A Practical Guide to Letting Go, Aging Well, and Finding Unexpected Happiness

Bill Rodgers, decorated marathon runner and Olympian 

Marc Agronin, geriatric psychiatrist at Miami Jewish Health and author of The End of Old Age: Living a Longer, More Purposeful Life

Ashton Applewhite, activist and author of The Chair Rocks: A Manifesto Against Ageism

Donna Butts, Executive Director of Generations United</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/adc3edb5-6e8f-4be9-848f-2fe549704153</link>
      <guid>adc3edb56e8f-4be9-848f-2fe549704153</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/1702f0fb-4bff-43c6-a02a-594dd2b2434c/MA018294.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=adc3edb5-6e8f-4be9-848f-2fe549704153" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 04 Jul 2022 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3173</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2022</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>18</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What is the Goal of Foster Care?</title>
      <description>Once a child is placed in foster care, reunification with a parent or guardian happens less than half of the time. But many child welfare agencies say reuniting families is the primary goal of foster care because placing a child in the care of strangers is always traumatic – even when it’s necessary. Why doesn’t reunifying families happen more often? Is there a solution that both protects children and prioritizes families? In this podcast episode, we’ll discuss how the foster system could do more to strengthen families and protect children while ensuring children and teens find stable homes with loving caregivers.

Podcast Guests:  

Aby, a Mother who reunited with her child

Dalton Shump, Permanency Case Worker, KVC 

Molly Tierney, Managing Director, North American Public Sector at Accenture, Former Director of the Baltimore City Department of Social Services 

Lynn Price, Founder, Camp to Belong 

Sixto Cancel, Non-Profit Founder, Think of Us</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/feeef6ee-43b7-48c7-9d57-62c38b0fe8c6</link>
      <guid>feeef6ee43b7-48c7-9d57-62c38b0fe8c6</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/7ab14cb4-1524-4753-bd9f-05635795c81d/MA026865.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=feeef6ee-43b7-48c7-9d57-62c38b0fe8c6" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 13 Jun 2022 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3170</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2022</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>17</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What is the Impact of Affirmative Action? Rethinking College Admissions</title>
      <description>As colleges across the country are seeking to increase student diversity, is affirmative action the solution? What is the impact of affirmative action on college admissions? The US Supreme Court has repeatedly held that some amount of race-based discrimination is okay in college admissions, if the goal is to create a more diverse campus. And affirmative action policies have benefited college applicants from certain minority groups. But, no one wants to be rejected from their dream school because of something they can’t control – like their race, or their parents’ income. In this podcast episode, we’ll explore the effects of affirmative action and consider other ways to create diversity in higher education.

Podcast Guests: 
Zachariah Chou, author of USA Today op-ed &quot;My race may have played a factor in my college rejections, but I support affirmative action&quot;

Wenyuan Wu, Executive Director of Californians for Equal Rights Foundation

Monica O&apos;Neal, psychologist in Boston and faculty at Harvard Medical School

Rick Sander, economist and law professor at UCLA

Audrey Dow, Senior Vice President of The Campaign for College Opportunity</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/26f6135d-888b-465b-a185-1aea09cb4dd4</link>
      <guid>26f6135d888b-465b-a185-1aea09cb4dd4</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/e23e8e20-74e2-4150-9c5c-5ad497650885/MA004339.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=26f6135d-888b-465b-a185-1aea09cb4dd4" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 06 Jun 2022 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3170</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2022</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>16</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Learning from the Stories of Refugees in America</title>
      <description>One out of every 95 people on Earth has fled their home because of conflict or persecution. With thousands of people fleeing their countries and seeking asylum around the world, what can we learn from stories of refugees in America? What is the experience of leaving – when you’d rather stay – and resettling in a place where everything is foreign? Refugee stories give us a glimpse into the perseverance needed to find home again in a foreign place. In this podcast episode, people who came to America as refugees share their stories of heartbreak, healing, and new friendships as they seek to build a better life in a new country. 
  
Podcast Guests: 
Warda Mohamed Abdullahi, Somalian refugee, author of &quot;Warda: My Journey from the Horn of Africa to a College Education&quot;

Mackenzie Wellman, Warda’s mentor

Luma Mufleh, founder of Fugees Family, author of &quot;Learning America: One Woman&apos;s Fight for Educational Justice for Refugee Children&quot;

Liz Jevtic-Somlai, Associate Director at Their Story is Our Story

Aden Batar, Services Director at Catholic Community Services of Utah</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/6e46e17c-61cf-42e4-961c-f6f6b3f07ea2</link>
      <guid>6e46e17c61cf-42e4-961c-f6f6b3f07ea2</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/07f3be4a-014c-4fc3-8f9f-ea844d35ae25/MA011682.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=6e46e17c-61cf-42e4-961c-f6f6b3f07ea2" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 30 May 2022 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3170</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2022</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>15</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Deeper Look at Wrongful Convictions in America</title>
      <description>18 years. That’s how long Anthony Graves spent in prison for a crime he never committed. Unfortunately, his story is not uncommon in this country. Wrongful convictions happen all the time in America, and they could happen to anyone. Data indicates that the number of exonerations happening each year the United States has dramatically increased the past few years, highlighting just how many people have been wrongly sentenced for crimes they didn’t commit. How do we stop innocent people from going to prison? Or are they just the price we pay to keep communities safe? In this podcast episode, we look at how big mistakes are made in the American justice system and current efforts to prevent wrongful convictions.

Podcast Guests:
Anthony Graves, exoneree, author “Infinite Hope: How Wrongful Conviction, Solitary Confinement, and 12 Years on Death Row Failed to Kill My Soul”

David Rudolf, defense attorney, author of “American Injustice: Inside Stories from the Underbelly of the Criminal Justice System”

Emily Galvin-Almanza, co-founder of Partners for Justice

Walter McNeil, sheriff of Leon County, Florida</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/4b65733a-919b-454f-89b3-ec1bfe9e0795</link>
      <guid>4b65733a919b-454f-89b3-ec1bfe9e0795</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/715cbef0-c827-4b64-8d15-b2676a1019cd/MA008148.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=4b65733a-919b-454f-89b3-ec1bfe9e0795" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 23 May 2022 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3170</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2022</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>14</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ending Toxic Polarization in American Politics</title>
      <description>Division is nothing new in America, but the current political divide feels different. Why are we so angry and fearful and ever more deeply entrenched in our safe little bubbles of like-minded people? Disagreement, conflict, and differences in opinion are normal and are often a healthy part of democracy. But the way we handle our differences in beliefs, attitudes, and opinions can do more harm than good. Does polarization in the United States pose a threat to our political system? And, most importantly, is there a way to end this toxic polarization in American politics? In this podcast episode, we discuss the root causes of toxic polarization in America today, practical advice on bridging our differences, and the story of one man trying to change the narrative one difficult conversation at a time.

Podcast Guests:
Dylan Marron, author, “Conversations with People Who Hate Me”

Amy Chua, Yale Law School professor, author, “Political Tribes,” and “Battle Hymn of the Tiger Mother”

Peter Coleman, social psychologist, Columbia University, author, “The Way Out: How to Overcome Toxic Polarization.”</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/fab2ff47-5a12-4283-bea3-a76aab217897</link>
      <guid>fab2ff475a12-4283-bea3-a76aab217897</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/e847bb51-f9d2-4b1a-bc5c-dac6822efc81/MA026439.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=fab2ff47-5a12-4283-bea3-a76aab217897" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 09 May 2022 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3170</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2022</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>13</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Changing Our Perspective on Mental Illness</title>
      <description>The social stigma surrounding mental illness is very real. What would happen if we changed our perspective on mental illness and how we treat it? We typically think that the way to treat mental illness is through therapy and antidepressants. But the Western medicine perspective on mental health doesn’t always fit. More and more people are taking antidepressants, but rates of depression aren’t declining. Meanwhile, some unconventional methods, like indigenous practices and psychedelics, are helping people cope with mental health symptoms and problems. In today’s podcast episode, we show the power of thinking differently about mental illness and how changing our perspective on treatment methods could open new paths to healing.  

Podcast Guests: 
Sam, mental health patient

Terrie Moffitt, clinical psychologist, professor, Duke University

Joseph Gone, cultural clinical psychologist, professor, Harvard University

Reid Robison, chief medical officer, Novamind</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/6d75991d-67b0-4189-847c-3165ea11502b</link>
      <guid>6d75991d67b0-4189-847c-3165ea11502b</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/ba7dbf73-349f-4254-af43-00676982f1de/MA011609.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=6d75991d-67b0-4189-847c-3165ea11502b" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 02 May 2022 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3170</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2022</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>12</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Do Great Cities Just Happen?</title>
      <description>Millions of Americans move each year in search of a better house, neighborhood, job or quality of life. Is leaving the only way to live some place better? And do great cities just happen? It’s easy to think that great cities are the product of a healthy economy, strong infrastructure, or a safe community. But what’s our role as residents in making a city great. Today on the podcast, we crisscross the country and check in with Top of Mind listeners about what makes a city great. You may be surprised to hear that great cities are less about the buildings, roads, and environment and are more about us.

Podcast Guests: 
Majora Carter – Author of “Reclaiming your Community”

Jim and Deb Fallows – Co-authors of “Our Towns: A 100,000-Mile Journey into the Heart of America”

Melody Warnick – Author of “This is Where You Belong” and “If You Could Live Anywhere”

Lynn Kreutz, Hayley Trotter, Reed Wolfley, Erika Layland, Jenny Van Stone, Kim Parati – Top of Mind Listeners</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/ecc0bea0-4261-402a-aae7-e4b236d28a71</link>
      <guid>ecc0bea04261-402a-aae7-e4b236d28a71</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/6f57568b-b370-4f80-aa66-44b991bb1b3c/TOM_111_Great%20Cities_FULL.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=ecc0bea0-4261-402a-aae7-e4b236d28a71" length="126802688" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 25 Apr 2022 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3170</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2022</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>11</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>America&apos;s Obsession with Work</title>
      <description>Americans are obsessed with work. Americans spend more time working than people in other wealthy nations, and despite complaining about being overworked, we still put in long hours at our jobs. Why do we feel the need to work so much? And why have we made productivity and busyness a key part of our identity? In this podcast episode, we take a deep dive into American work culture and how working less could actually be good for employers and employees. 

Podcast Guests: 
Joshua Fields Millburn, co-founder, “The Minimalists” 

Jamie McCallum, author of &quot;Worked Over: How Round-the-Clock Work is Killing the American Dream&quot;

Alex Soojung-Kim Pang, author of &quot;Shorter: Work Better, Smarter, and Less—Here&apos;s How&quot; 

Ursula Mead, founder, and CEO of InHerSight</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/be0e57af-9293-4502-8c99-61237174ae8c</link>
      <guid>be0e57af9293-4502-8c99-61237174ae8c</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/420d6e76-b817-4cc3-bb1d-07a528fea0eb/MA019947.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=be0e57af-9293-4502-8c99-61237174ae8c" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 18 Apr 2022 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3170</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2022</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>10</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Improving Life for People with Autism</title>
      <description>Living with autism comes with many challenges. In the past, the prevailing attitude was to fix or cure autism. But how could life improve for autistic people if we looked at the world through their eyes? Autistic people don’t necessarily want a cure. What they want is a better quality of life that allows them to have greater independence and be their true selves. In this podcast episode, we talk with autism advocates who argue that the way to make life better for people with autism spectrum disorder is not to force them to fit the world, but to help the world fit them. 

Podcast Guests:
Emily Grodin and Valerie Gilpeer, co-authors of “I Have Been Buried Under Years of Dust.”

Eric Garcia, journalist for The Independent and author of ‘We&apos;re Not Broken: Changing the Autism Conversation.”

Monique Botha, community psychologist and researcher at the University of Stirling

Sarah and Larry Nannery, co-authors of “What to Say Next: Successful Communication in Work, Life and Love with Autism Spectrum Disorder.”</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/833a0310-dfb4-4db6-9ddf-511cb4fb686c</link>
      <guid>833a0310dfb4-4db6-9ddf-511cb4fb686c</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/73e729f0-e458-470c-8053-8b26c6775fb7/MA013814.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=833a0310-dfb4-4db6-9ddf-511cb4fb686c" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 04 Apr 2022 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3170</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2022</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>9</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A New Approach to Ending Poverty in America</title>
      <description>People who experience poverty in America are constantly riding a rollercoaster of highs and lows as they struggle to better their situation. In desperation, they’re asking “is there any way out?” While a growing number of people agree that ending poverty in the U.S. is achievable, there’s plenty of debate on the specifics. Some people say that we need to change policies. Other people say we need a new approach to helping poor people get better opportunities and essential resources. Advocates leading the fight against poverty are finding that the answer will start with a change in perspective on what poverty is and how it is impacting individuals in our country. We’re learning that American poverty isn’t an individual’s problem—it’s a community problem. In this podcast episode, we’ll be hearing from individuals who have experienced first-hand the effects of poverty and experts who have devoted their lives to ending poverty on how we can take a new approach to American poverty.

Podcast Guests:
Alicia, Circles Participant

Chris Robinson, Circles Participant

Robert Rector, Senior Research Fellow at the Heritage Foundation

Dr. H. Luke Schaefer, Co-author of “$2.00 a Day: Living on Almost Nothing in America” and Professor at the University of Michigan

LaMont Hampton, Program Coordinator for Circles Davis County 

Paul Born, Founder of the Tamarack Institute</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/3fa4535c-e6a3-4fa1-8a9d-9d515dec02c0</link>
      <guid>3fa4535ce6a3-4fa1-8a9d-9d515dec02c0</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/f61e0271-3ca5-4e95-9036-cbabc4f72aa3/MA006909.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=3fa4535c-e6a3-4fa1-8a9d-9d515dec02c0" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 28 Mar 2022 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3170</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2022</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>8</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Can Non-Citizens Vote? The Complicated History of Voting Rights</title>
      <description>Citizenship is required for voting in most countries and states. Is there value to this voting rights restriction? Where can non-citizens vote? Some municipalities—like New York City—are allowing non-citizens to vote in city elections. But in most local and federal elections non-citizens are denied voting rights because Congress has said that individuals must be legal citizens and registered to participate in U.S. elections. How does being given or denied the right to vote affect somebody’s sense of belonging in a community? In this podcast episode, we look at the history of voting rights and restrictions in America and see how voting by non-citizens plays out in elections where it is allowed. 

Podcast Guests:
Woojung Diana Park, Immigrant Justice Organizer at Minkwon Center in New York

Chaewon Jessica Park, Immigrant Justice Organizer at Minkwon Center in New York

Howard Husock, Senior Fellow of Domestic Policy Studies at the American Enterprise Institute 

Ron Hayduk, professor of political science at San Francisco State University 

Kate Stewart, mayor of Takoma Park Maryland</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/06b7c6e0-fee5-40a8-aab6-a38583bc57a8</link>
      <guid>06b7c6e0fee5-40a8-aab6-a38583bc57a8</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/3e0f5653-100a-4d17-914c-47a1f9ec8f86/MA000934.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=06b7c6e0-fee5-40a8-aab6-a38583bc57a8" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 21 Mar 2022 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3170</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2022</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>7</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Is Harm Reduction Enabling Drug Use or Saving Lives?</title>
      <description>Harm reduction is intended to prevent death, drug overdose, and substance abuse. But is harm reduction enabling drug use? Or does harm reduction truly save lives? Harm reduction has evolved in the last 40 years. New York City just opened the first government-sanctioned supervised injection sites in the country. Debate over the effectiveness of these harm reduction centers is controversial. Maia Szalavitz remembers the first time she was introduced to harm reduction; a friendly woman advised her to clean her needles with bleach during the HIV/AIDS crisis. Instead of facing judgment for her drug use, she was told that her life was worth living regardless. Whereas other people feel that harm reduction is supporting risky behavior and enabling drug use. Here on the podcast, we will take a deep look into the harm reduction debate and discuss whether it’s possible to accept somebody as they are without enabling their harmful behavior.

Podcast Guests:
Maia Szalavitz - author of the New York Times bestseller, Unbroken Brain: A Revolutionary New Way of Understanding Addiction

Dr. Leslie Suen - board-certified internal medicine physician and addiction medicine specialist in San Francisco 

Darwin Fisher - manager of North America’s first supervised injection site, Insite in Vancouver BC

Keith Humphreys - addiction researcher and professor, Stanford University School of Medicine; former  Obama-era senior policy adviser, White House Office of National Drug Control Policy (ONSCP)

David Murray - co-director for the Center for Substance Abuse Policy Research, Hudson Institute; former Bush- and Obama-era associate deputy director, ONSCP

Brendan Cox - retired Police Chief; Director of Policing Strategies, LEAD National Support Bureau</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/ccf6e49d-1873-4430-9363-970b7bdb94ab</link>
      <guid>ccf6e49d1873-4430-9363-970b7bdb94ab</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/2485dd9b-d8f4-4a98-97c2-059c83c821da/MA021518.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=ccf6e49d-1873-4430-9363-970b7bdb94ab" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 14 Mar 2022 06:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3170</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2022</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>6</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Is Weight an Indicator of Health?</title>
      <description>Is weight an indicator of health? We often think that skinny people are healthier than people with obesity, but research suggests we may be wrong about how we view body weight. Studies have shown that BMI isn’t always an accurate predictor of health. While the risks associated with being overweight shouldn’t be ignored, countless other factors contribute to wellbeing and are better determinants of health. Nevertheless, the impacts of diet culture and society’s predisposed assumptions about fatness still impact both old and young. In this podcast episode, we explore the relationship between weight and health. 

Podcast Guests:
Mirna Valerio, Ultramarathoner, founder of Fat Girl Running

Kathryn Hively, Founder of Just BE Parenting

Glenn Gaesser, Professor of Exercise Physiology at Arizona State University

Corinne Hannan, Psychologist and Assistant Clinical Professor, Brigham Young University</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/c13b0457-d396-49bb-90a0-284dea196e16</link>
      <guid>c13b0457d396-49bb-90a0-284dea196e16</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/da95b6b3-38a5-4e3f-8c33-6a0c0abdd2d2/MA020292.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=c13b0457-d396-49bb-90a0-284dea196e16" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 07 Mar 2022 07:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3170</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2022</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>5</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Understanding the Difference Between Race and Racism</title>
      <description>Race and racism are crucial topics in our national dialogue.  And when we think of race, we might naturally think of one&apos;s skin color. But someone who is black can have white skin. So what is race? And what is the difference between race and racism? Two researchers say we are getting it all wrong and that biological race is a myth. But they say that socially-defined race and racism are real and very present in America. Tune into this podcast as we discuss the complexity of biology and ethnicity, how years of racial discrimination and prejudice have shaped the way we view humanity, and, most importantly, how we can think differently about race to create a more inclusive society.

Podcast Guests: 
Natalie Devora, Author of &quot;Black Girl White Skin: A Life In Stories&quot; 

Dr. Joseph L. Graves Jr, Professor of biological sciences at North Carolina A&amp;T State University, co-author of “Racism, Not Race: Answers to Frequently Asked Questions” 

Dr. Alan Goodman, Professor of biological anthropology at Hampshire College, co-author of “Racism, Not Race” 

Terry and Michele Wright, Co-Founders, National Organization of African Americans with Cystic Fibrosis 

Lauren Michele, Black blogger with Cystic Fibrosis</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/cac7a744-0998-40e9-8da7-a80f7888929c</link>
      <guid>cac7a7440998-40e9-8da7-a80f7888929c</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/8aeef66a-4975-40ec-a72f-26e7391b0cbd/MA021308.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=cac7a744-0998-40e9-8da7-a80f7888929c" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 28 Feb 2022 07:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3170</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2022</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>4</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Chronic Pain Stories: A New Perspective on Life with Constant Hurt</title>
      <description>Jasmine Reed has lived with chronic illness since she was 15. After years of seeing doctors and trying different treatments, she doesn’t feel much better. Reed wishes others would believe she is in pain even though she doesn’t look sick. Chronic pain doesn’t necessarily come from a specific external cause, so it’s hard to treat and hard to prove to others. But that doesn’t mean it’s not real. Countless patients suffer from chronic pain with little relief. There’s a lot we can learn from hearing these chronic pain stories that can help us develop greater empathy and find solutions. In this podcast episode, we talk to chronic pain experts about treatments and chronic pain’s connection to the opioid epidemic. We also talk to neuroscientists about pain patterns in the brain and how we can help to heal ourselves.

Podcast Guests:
Jasmine Reed, Chronic illness. 

Daniel Clauw, Director, Chronic Pain and Fatigue Research Center, University of Michigan.

Tor Wager, Professor of Neuroscience, Dartmouth College.</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/996cd783-5742-407d-b234-c6142123c5e1</link>
      <guid>996cd7835742-407d-b234-c6142123c5e1</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/1bfd041f-6d4c-45d1-bf01-3a06822ad774/MA016209.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=996cd783-5742-407d-b234-c6142123c5e1" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 21 Feb 2022 07:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3170</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2022</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>3</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Why Do We Take Risks?</title>
      <description>We rarely know if our decisions will lead to failure or success. So why do we take risks? What causes us to readily embrace risky situations, while other times we back away? It’s often more arbitrary than we might want to admit. Whether it’s an everyday parenting situation or a death-defying rock climb, each decision we make involves some degree of risk. We are constantly evaluating those risks, and everyone calculates risk differently. How we measure uncertainty is complex and our perceptions of risk change based on the situation. We’ll be exploring that complexity here on the podcast as we examine how people gauge risk and look at ways to bring more rationality into our decision making. 

Podcast Guests:
Jamie Davis Smith-Parent, attorney, and disability advocate

Seema Lakdawalla- Parent and virologist at the University of Michigan

Lenore Skenazy- Author and founder of the non-profit Let Grow 

Jane Joseph- Neuroscientist at the Medical University of South Carolina

Alex Honnold- professional rock climber

Paul Slovic- Professor of psychology at the University of Oregon</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/5842a6a8-55a7-45ee-b083-41738f018fdd</link>
      <guid>5842a6a855a7-45ee-b083-41738f018fdd</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/b71dd38d-6251-4c52-a91d-84e6eec382d9/MA009460.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=5842a6a8-55a7-45ee-b083-41738f018fdd" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 14 Feb 2022 07:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3170</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2022</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>2</itunes:episode>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Starting Over After Life in Prison</title>
      <description>Nearly half of people who leave prison will end up back behind bars. Why is it starting over after life in prison so difficult? Would their lives be different if no criminal record shaped their life after jail? And how can we offer support? In this episode, we consider how the US justice system makes it difficult for people convicted of crimes to rebuild their lives after prison. We will hear the stories of formerly incarcerated individuals, insights from experts on the criminal justice systems, and perspectives of advocates who support individuals as they adjust to life after prison. Exploring the complexity and challenges of adjusting to life after incarceration can help us learn how we can encourage and support individuals as they rebuild their lives. 

Podcast Guests: 
Bobby and Cheryl Love, Co-authors of “The Redemption of Bobby Love.” 

Nathan Sterling, formerly incarcerated individual 

Karl Daniels, formerly incarcerated individual 

Reuben Jonathan Miller, Professor, University of Chicago. Author of “Halfway Home: Race, Punishment, and the Afterlife of Mass Incarceration.” 

Sue Mason, Executive Director, What’s Next Washington 

Krista Gulbransen, Executive Director, Berkeley Property Owners Association

Penny Jennings, Vice-President of Strategic Programs, Greyston Bakery 

Leroy Bailey, Employee, Greyston Foundation 

Nicolas Debray, President, The Body Shop Americas 

Ted Castle – Owner, Rhino Foods</description>
      <link>https://www.byuradio.org/421c0539-ca36-4e10-b56b-67d3a011eef7</link>
      <guid>421c0539ca36-4e10-b56b-67d3a011eef7</guid>
      <enclosure url="https://media.byub.org/2439f811-7b69-4e73-b65d-acdecb2c333c/MA007188.mp3?fromPodcast=true&amp;contentId=421c0539-ca36-4e10-b56b-67d3a011eef7" length="null" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <pubDate>Mon, 07 Feb 2022 07:00:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:duration>3170</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <itunes:season>2022</itunes:season>
      <itunes:episode>1</itunes:episode>
    </item>
  </channel>
</rss>